[go: up one dir, main page]

TW201807485A - Photosensitive color resin composition, color filter and production method thereof, and display device - Google Patents

Photosensitive color resin composition, color filter and production method thereof, and display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201807485A
TW201807485A TW106110326A TW106110326A TW201807485A TW 201807485 A TW201807485 A TW 201807485A TW 106110326 A TW106110326 A TW 106110326A TW 106110326 A TW106110326 A TW 106110326A TW 201807485 A TW201807485 A TW 201807485A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
carbon atoms
resin composition
mass
atom
Prior art date
Application number
TW106110326A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI714746B (en
Inventor
大島裕史
岩澤崇
Original Assignee
Dnp精細化工股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Dnp精細化工股份有限公司 filed Critical Dnp精細化工股份有限公司
Publication of TW201807485A publication Critical patent/TW201807485A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI714746B publication Critical patent/TWI714746B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/04Oxygen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/13Phenols; Phenolates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K15/00Anti-oxidant compositions; Compositions inhibiting chemical change
    • C09K15/04Anti-oxidant compositions; Compositions inhibiting chemical change containing organic compounds
    • C09K15/06Anti-oxidant compositions; Compositions inhibiting chemical change containing organic compounds containing oxygen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K15/00Anti-oxidant compositions; Compositions inhibiting chemical change
    • C09K15/04Anti-oxidant compositions; Compositions inhibiting chemical change containing organic compounds
    • C09K15/30Anti-oxidant compositions; Compositions inhibiting chemical change containing organic compounds containing heterocyclic ring with at least one nitrogen atom as ring member
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/031Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B11/00Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes
    • C09B11/04Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes derived from triarylmethanes, i.e. central C-atom is substituted by amino, cyano, alkyl
    • C09B11/10Amino derivatives of triarylmethanes
    • C09B11/12Amino derivatives of triarylmethanes without any OH group bound to an aryl nucleus
    • C09B11/16Preparation from diarylketones or diarylcarbinols, e.g. benzhydrol
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B11/00Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes
    • C09B11/28Pyronines ; Xanthon, thioxanthon, selenoxanthan, telluroxanthon dyes

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Anti-Oxidant Or Stabilizer Compositions (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a photosensitive color resin composition that can form a high-luminance color layer and inhibits a change in line width. Disclosed is a photosensitive color resin composition including a color material, a photopolymerizable compound, an initiator, a latent antioxidant and a solvent, wherein the color material contains one or more selected from dyes and lake color materials, and the latent antioxidant contains a compound represented by the following general formula (1): (the symbols in the formula are as described in the specification.).

Description

感光性著色樹脂組成物、彩色濾光片及其製造方法暨顯示裝置 Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, manufacturing method thereof and display device

本發明係關於一種感光性著色樹脂組成物、彩色濾光片及其製造方法暨顯示裝置。 The present invention relates to a photosensitive colored resin composition, a color filter, a method of manufacturing the same, and a display device.

以顯示器等為代表之薄型影像顯示裝置、亦即所謂平板顯示器之特徵在於較陰極射線管型顯示器薄而於縱深方向上不占空間,已為數眾多地上市。其市場價格係隨著生產技術之進化而價格逐年趨於合理,進而需求擴大,生產量亦逐年增加。尤其是彩色液晶電視大致成為TV之主流。又,最近,藉由自發光而視認性較高之有機EL顯示器等有機發光顯示裝置,亦作為下一代影像顯示裝置而受到矚目。針對該等影像顯示裝置之性能,強烈期望對比度或色再現性之提高等更進一步之高畫質化、或消耗電力之降低。 A thin image display device typified by a display or the like, that is, a so-called flat panel display, is characterized in that it is thinner than a cathode ray tube type display and does not occupy a space in the depth direction, and has been widely marketed. Its market price is steadily increasing year by year with the evolution of production technology, and the demand is expanding, and the production volume is increasing year by year. In particular, color LCD TVs have become the mainstream of TV. In addition, an organic light-emitting display device such as an organic EL display having high visibility from self-luminous light has recently attracted attention as a next-generation video display device. In view of the performance of these image display devices, it is strongly desired to further improve image quality or power consumption, such as improvement in contrast or color reproducibility.

於此等液晶顯示裝置或有機發光顯示裝置中係使用彩色濾光片。例如,於彩色液晶顯示器之情形,以背光源為光源,藉由電驅動液晶而控制光量,該光通過彩色濾光片,藉此進行色表現。因此,對液晶電視之色表現而言,彩色濾光片不可或缺,並擔任左右顯示器性能之重要角色。又,有機發光顯示裝置中,有使用彩色濾光片進行畫素之色調整的情況,或對白色發光之有機發光元件使用彩色濾光片而與液晶顯示裝置同樣地形成彩色影像之情形。 Color filters are used in such liquid crystal display devices or organic light emitting display devices. For example, in the case of a color liquid crystal display, a backlight is used as a light source, and the amount of light is controlled by electrically driving the liquid crystal, and the light passes through the color filter, thereby performing color expression. Therefore, color filters are indispensable for the color performance of LCD TVs and play an important role in the performance of left and right displays. Further, in the organic light-emitting display device, a color filter is used to adjust the color of the pixel, or a color filter is used for the white light-emitting organic light-emitting device, and a color image is formed in the same manner as the liquid crystal display device.

作為近年來之趨勢,要求影像顯示裝置之省電化,且為了提高背光源之利用效率,特別要求彩色濾光片之高輝度化。尤其是於移動式顯示器(行動電話、智慧型手機、平板PC)中成為較大課題。 As a trend in recent years, power saving of an image display device is required, and in order to improve the utilization efficiency of a backlight, high luminance of a color filter is particularly required. Especially in mobile displays (mobile phones, smart phones, tablet PCs) has become a big issue.

雖然由於技術進化而電池容量變大,但移動終端之蓄電量依然有限,另一方面,有隨著畫面尺寸擴大而增加消耗電力之傾向。由於直接關係到移動終端之可使用時間或充電頻率,故包含彩色濾光片之影像顯示裝置將左右移動終端之設計或性能。 Although the battery capacity has increased due to technological evolution, the power storage capacity of the mobile terminal is still limited, and on the other hand, there is a tendency to increase power consumption as the screen size increases. Since it is directly related to the usable time or charging frequency of the mobile terminal, the image display device including the color filter will design the left or right mobile terminal or the performance.

於此,彩色濾光片通常具有基板、形成於基板上且包含紅、綠、藍三原色之著色圖案的著色層、與為了劃分各著色圖案而形成於基板上之遮光部。 Here, the color filter generally has a substrate, a coloring layer formed on the substrate and including a color pattern of three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and a light blocking portion formed on the substrate to divide each colored pattern.

作為此種著色層之形成方法之一,已知有於基板上塗佈含有色材與光聚合性化合物的感光性樹脂組成物,照射紫外線藉此使其硬化的方法等。 As one of the methods for forming such a coloring layer, a method of applying a photosensitive resin composition containing a color material and a photopolymerizable compound to a substrate and curing it by irradiation with ultraviolet rays is known.

作為上述感光性樹脂組成物之色材,係使用顏料或染料。相較於染料,顏料一般雖然耐熱性或耐光性較優越,但在彩色濾光片製造步驟中之高溫加熱時,無法充分防止褪色,而有輝度降低的情形。 As the color material of the photosensitive resin composition, a pigment or a dye is used. In contrast to dyes, pigments generally have superior heat resistance and light resistance, but when heated at a high temperature in the color filter manufacturing step, fading cannot be sufficiently prevented, and the luminance is lowered.

又,近年來由彩色濾光片之更進一步之高輝度化的觀點而言,針對使用了一般穿透率較高之染料的彩色濾光片用感光性樹脂組成物進行了檢討,又,為了改善染料之耐熱性或耐光性,亦檢討使用將染料經不溶化之色澱色材。然而,相較於顏料,染料由於耐熱性或耐光性差,故在彩色濾光片製造步驟中之高溫加熱或光照射時,有色度容易發生變化、或著色層之輝度容易降低等問題。 In addition, in recent years, from the viewpoint of the further high-intensity of the color filter, the photosensitive resin composition for a color filter using a dye having a high general transmittance has been reviewed, and To improve the heat resistance or light resistance of the dye, it is also reviewed to use a lake color material in which the dye is insolubilized. However, since the dye is inferior in heat resistance and light resistance compared to the pigment, there is a problem that the chromaticity is liable to change or the luminance of the colored layer is liable to be lowered during high-temperature heating or light irradiation in the color filter manufacturing step.

作為解決上述問題之手法之一,已檢討有使用含有抗氧化劑之樹脂組成物。 As one of the methods for solving the above problems, it has been reviewed to use a resin composition containing an antioxidant.

例如專利文獻1揭示一種藍色彩色濾光片用感放射線性組成物,係依特定比率含有藍色著色劑、鹼可溶性樹脂、多官能性單體、特定之光聚合起始劑、與特定之抗氧化劑。根據專利文獻1,可形成得到高輝度之藍色畫素。 For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a radiation sensitive linear composition for a blue color filter, which contains a blue colorant, an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, a specific photopolymerization initiator, and a specific ratio according to a specific ratio. Antioxidants. According to Patent Document 1, a blue pixel having high luminance can be formed.

又,專利文獻2揭示一種彩色濾光片用著色樹脂組成物,係含有色澱顏料、特定之分散劑、受阻酚系抗氧化劑、黏結劑成分、與溶劑。根據專利文獻2,藉由受阻酚系抗氧化劑提升耐熱性,可形成高輝度之著色層。 Further, Patent Document 2 discloses a colored resin composition for a color filter, which comprises a lake pigment, a specific dispersant, a hindered phenol-based antioxidant, a binder component, and a solvent. According to Patent Document 2, a high-luminance coloring layer can be formed by improving the heat resistance by a hindered phenol-based antioxidant.

另一方面,根據專利文獻3,作為耐熱性優越之著色感光性組成物,揭示含有特定之潛伏性抗氧化劑、與特定之有機色素的著色感光性組成物。 On the other hand, according to Patent Document 3, as a coloring photosensitive composition having excellent heat resistance, a coloring photosensitive composition containing a specific latent antioxidant and a specific organic dye is disclosed.

[先前技術文獻] [Previous Technical Literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

專利文獻1:日本專利特開2014-160254號公報 Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2014-160254

專利文獻2:日本專利特開2014-153569號公報 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2014-153569

專利文獻3:國際公開第2014/021023號公報 Patent Document 3: International Publication No. 2014/021023

一般而言,彩色濾光片用之著色層係在基板上進行圖案化。在使用感光性著色樹脂組成物形成著色層的情況,例如可於基板上形成感光性著色樹脂組成物之塗膜後,經由既定之遮罩圖案進行曝光,其後進行顯影處理,藉此作成經圖案化之著色層。 In general, a color filter is patterned on a substrate by a color layer. When a coloring layer is formed using a photosensitive colored resin composition, for example, a coating film of a photosensitive colored resin composition can be formed on a substrate, and then exposed through a predetermined mask pattern, followed by development processing, thereby producing a Patterned color layer.

本發明人等針對使用含有抗氧化劑之感光性著色樹脂組成 物,藉上述手法形成著色層者進行檢討。其結果,本發明人等得知,在使用該含有抗氧化劑之感光性樹脂組成物的情況,有無法如設計般形成著色層的情形。 The present inventors have directed to the use of a photosensitive colored resin containing an antioxidant. The matter, through the above methods to form the color layer for review. As a result, the present inventors have found that when the photosensitive resin composition containing an antioxidant is used, there is a case where a coloring layer cannot be formed as designed.

本發明係根據上述見解而形成者,目的在於提供:可形成高輝度之著色層、且抑制線寬變化之感光性著色樹脂組成物,使用該感光性著色樹脂組成物所形成之高輝度之彩色濾光片,以及使用該彩色濾光片而顯示特性優越的顯示裝置。 The present invention has been made in view of the above-described findings, and an object of the invention is to provide a coloring resin composition capable of forming a high-luminance coloring layer and suppressing a change in line width, and a high-luminance color formed using the photosensitive colored resin composition. A filter, and a display device excellent in display characteristics using the color filter.

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物之特徵在於含有色材、光聚合性化合物、起始劑、潛伏性抗氧化劑、與溶劑,上述色材係含有選自染料及色澱色材之1種以上,上述潛伏性抗氧化劑係含有下述一般式(1)所示化合物; The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains a color material, a photopolymerizable compound, a starter, a latent antioxidant, and a solvent, and the color material contains one or more selected from the group consisting of a dye and a lake color material. The latent antioxidant is a compound represented by the following general formula (1);

(一般式(1)中之各符號係如後述。) (The symbols in the general formula (1) are as follows.)

本發明之彩色濾光片係至少具備基板、與設於該基板上之著色層者,其特徵為,該著色層之至少一者為上述本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物之硬化物。 The color filter of the present invention includes at least a substrate and a coloring layer provided on the substrate, and at least one of the colored layers is a cured product of the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention.

本發明之彩色濾光片之製造方法係至少具備基板、與設於該基板上之著色層的彩色濾光片之製造方法,其特徵為, 具有使用上述本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物形成該著色層之至少一者的步驟。 A method of producing a color filter according to the present invention is a method of manufacturing a color filter including at least a substrate and a coloring layer provided on the substrate, wherein There is a step of forming at least one of the colored layers by using the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention described above.

又,本發明之顯示裝置的特徵在於具有上述本發明之彩色濾光片。 Further, the display device of the present invention is characterized by having the above-described color filter of the present invention.

根據本發明,可提供:可形成高輝度之著色層、且抑制線寬變化之感光性著色樹脂組成物,使用該感光性著色樹脂組成物所形成之高輝度之彩色濾光片,以及使用該彩色濾光片而顯示特性優越的顯示裝置。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a coloring resin composition capable of forming a high-luminance coloring layer and suppressing a change in line width, a high-intensity color filter formed using the photosensitive colored resin composition, and using the color filter A color filter is used to display a display device having superior characteristics.

1‧‧‧基板 1‧‧‧Substrate

2‧‧‧遮光部 2‧‧‧Lighting Department

3‧‧‧著色層 3‧‧‧Colored layer

10‧‧‧彩色濾光片 10‧‧‧Color filters

20‧‧‧對向基板 20‧‧‧ opposite substrate

30‧‧‧液晶層 30‧‧‧Liquid layer

40‧‧‧液晶顯示裝置 40‧‧‧Liquid crystal display device

50‧‧‧有機保護層 50‧‧‧Organic protective layer

60‧‧‧無機氧化膜 60‧‧‧Inorganic oxide film

71‧‧‧透明陽極 71‧‧‧Transparent anode

72‧‧‧電洞注入層 72‧‧‧ hole injection layer

73‧‧‧電洞輸送層 73‧‧‧ hole transport layer

74‧‧‧發光層 74‧‧‧Lighting layer

75‧‧‧電子注入層 75‧‧‧Electronic injection layer

76‧‧‧陰極 76‧‧‧ cathode

80‧‧‧有機發光體 80‧‧‧Organic emitters

100‧‧‧有機發光顯示裝置 100‧‧‧Organic light-emitting display device

圖1為表示本發明彩色濾光片之一例的概略剖面圖。 Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a color filter of the present invention.

圖2為表示本發明之顯示裝置之一例的概略剖面圖。 Fig. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a display device of the present invention.

圖3為表示本發明之顯示裝置之另一例的概略剖面圖。 Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the display device of the present invention.

以下,依序說明本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物、彩色濾光片及顯示裝置。 Hereinafter, the photosensitive colored resin composition, the color filter, and the display device of the present invention will be described in order.

尚且,於本發明中,光包括可見及非可見區域之波長之電磁波,進而包括放射線,放射線係包括例如微波、電子束。具體而言,係指波長5μm以下之電磁波、及電子束。 Still, in the present invention, the light includes electromagnetic waves of wavelengths of visible and non-visible regions, and further includes radiation, and the radiation system includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it means an electromagnetic wave having a wavelength of 5 μm or less and an electron beam.

本發明中,所謂(甲基)丙烯酸係分別表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸,所謂(甲基)丙烯酸酯係分別表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯。 In the present invention, the (meth)acrylic acid means acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, respectively, and the (meth)acrylic acid ester means acrylate and methacrylate, respectively.

本發明中所謂有機基,係指具有1個以上碳原子的基。 The term "organic group" as used in the present invention means a group having one or more carbon atoms.

又,本發明中所謂固形份,係指構成樹脂組成物之溶劑以外之 所有成分,例如即使是液狀之單體亦視為涵括於該固形份中。 Further, the term "solid content" as used in the present invention means a solvent other than the solvent constituting the resin composition. All ingredients, such as even liquid monomers, are considered to be included in the solid portion.

1.感光性著色樹脂組成物 1. Photosensitive colored resin composition

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物之特徵在於含有色材、光聚合性化合物、起始劑、潛伏性抗氧化劑、與溶劑,上述色材係含有選自染料及色澱色材之一種以上,上述潛伏性抗氧化劑係含有下述一般式(1)所示化合物。 The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains a color material, a photopolymerizable compound, a starter, a latent antioxidant, and a solvent, and the color material contains one or more selected from the group consisting of a dye and a lake color material. The latent antioxidant is a compound represented by the following general formula (1).

(一般式(1)中,環A為五元環或六元環之烴環或雜環;R1分別獨立為鹵原子、氰基、羥基、硝基、羧基、亦可具有取代基之碳原子數1~40之烷基、亦可具有取代基之碳原子數6~20之芳基、亦可具有取代基之碳原子數7~20之芳基烷基、或亦可具有取代基之碳原子數2~20之含雜環基,或複數R1彼此鍵結形成苯環或萘環;R2為碳原子數1~20之烷基、碳原子數2~20之烯基、碳原子數6~20之芳基、碳原子數7~20之芳基烷基、碳原子數2~20之含雜環基、或三烷基矽基;於R1及R2所具有之烷基中,亦可具有碳-碳雙鍵、-O-、-S-、 -C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-O-、-S-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-S-、-S-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-S-、-C(=O)-NH-、-NH-C(=O)-、-NH-C(=O)-O-、-NR’-、-S-S-或-SO2-,R’為氫原子或碳原子數1~8之烷基,複數之R1及R2分別可為相同或相異;X為a價之基,為直接鍵結、氮原子、氧原子、硫原子、磷原子、(-O)3P=O、>C=O、>NR3、-OR3、-SR3、-N(R3)(R4)、亦可具有取代基之碳原子數1~120之脂肪族烴基、亦可具有取代基之碳原子數6~35之含芳香環烴基、或亦可具有取代基之碳原子數2~35之含雜環基;R3及R4分別獨立為氫原子、亦可具有取代基之碳原子數1~35之脂肪族烴基、亦可具有取代基之碳原子數6~35之含芳香環烴基或亦可具有取代基之碳原子數2~35之含雜環基;X中之上述脂肪族烴基、及上述含芳香環烴基中,亦可具有碳-碳雙鍵、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-O-、-S-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-S-、-S-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-S-、-C(=O)-NH-、-NH-C(=O)-、-NH-C(=O)-O-、-NR’-、-S-S-或-SO2-或氮原子;a表示1~10之整數,b表示1~4之整數,c表示1~3之整數。) (In general formula (1), ring A is a five-membered or six-membered hydrocarbon ring or a heterocyclic ring; and R 1 is independently a halogen atom, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, or a carbon which may have a substituent. An alkyl group having 1 to 40 atomic atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or a plurality of R 1 bonded to each other to form a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring; R 2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and carbon An aryl group having 6 to 20 atoms, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or a trialkylsulfonyl group; and an alkane having R 1 and R 2 In the base, it may also have a carbon-carbon double bond, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -OC(= O)-O-, -SC(=O)-, -C(=O)-S-, -SC(=O)-O-, -OC(=O)-S-, -C(=O) -NH-, -NH-C(=O)-, -NH-C(=O)-O-, -NR'-, -SS- or -SO 2 -, R' is a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom ~8 alkyl, the plural R 1 and R 2 respectively may be the same or different; X is a valence group, which is a direct bond, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a phosphorus atom, (-O 3 P=O, >C=O, >NR 3 , -OR 3 , -SR 3 , -N(R 3 )(R 4 ), an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 120 carbon atoms which may have a substituent Further, the aromatic ring-containing hydrocarbon group having 6 to 35 carbon atoms of the substituent or the heterocyclic group having 2 to 35 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; R 3 and R 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom; An aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 35 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 35 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a heterocyclic ring having 2 to 35 carbon atoms which may have a substituent The above-mentioned aliphatic hydrocarbon group in X and the above aromatic-containing hydrocarbon group may have a carbon-carbon double bond, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)- , -C(=O)-O-, -OC(=O)-O-, -SC(=O)-, -C(=O)-S-, -SC(=O)-O-,- OC(=O)-S-, -C(=O)-NH-, -NH-C(=O)-, -NH-C(=O)-O-, -NR'-, -SS- or -SO 2 - or a nitrogen atom; a represents an integer from 1 to 10, b represents an integer from 1 to 4, and c represents an integer from 1 to 3.)

上述本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物係具有可形成高輝度之著色層,且於顯影時抑制線寬變化的效果。 The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention has an effect of forming a coloring layer having high luminance and suppressing a change in line width at the time of development.

根據本發明之構成而獲得上述效果的作用尚有未闡明之部分,但可推論如以下。 The effect of obtaining the above effects according to the constitution of the present invention has not been clarified, but it can be inferred as follows.

習知以來,作為改善耐熱性或耐光性之手法,檢討了於感光性樹脂組成物中添加抗氧化劑。一般抗氧化劑係藉由使於加熱時或曝光時所產生之自由基等失活,而可抑制色材等之氧化。然而,本發明人等發現,在將含有抗氧化劑之著色感光性樹脂組成物之塗膜經 由既定之遮罩圖案進行曝光,其後進行顯影處理,藉此作成經圖案化之著色層的情況,相較於使用習知未含有抗氧化劑之感光性著色樹脂組成物的情況,其線寬較細。推測其原因在於,抗氧化劑由於在曝光時亦使來自起始劑之自由基失活,故藉由使用抗氧化劑則光聚合反應未充分進行、感度不足。 Conventionally, as a method for improving heat resistance and light resistance, it has been reviewed that an antioxidant is added to a photosensitive resin composition. In general, the antioxidant suppresses oxidation of a color material or the like by deactivating radicals or the like generated during heating or exposure. However, the present inventors have found that a coating film of a coloring photosensitive resin composition containing an antioxidant is used. Exposure by a predetermined mask pattern, followed by development processing to form a patterned coloring layer, and line width compared to the case of using a photosensitive colored resin composition which does not contain an antioxidant Thinner. The reason for this is presumed to be that the antioxidant is deactivated by the radical from the initiator at the time of exposure. Therefore, the photopolymerization reaction is not sufficiently carried out by using an antioxidant, and the sensitivity is insufficient.

為了在不變更遮罩圖案之下、獲得如設計般之細線圖案,考慮了例如多量地加入起始劑。然而,此種手法中,相對地使色材含有比例降低,而有無法達成所需色度的問題。 In order to obtain a fine line pattern as designed without changing the mask pattern, it is considered to add, for example, a large amount of the initiator. However, in such a method, the ratio of the color material is relatively lowered, and there is a problem that the desired chromaticity cannot be achieved.

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物係含有一般式(1)所示之潛伏性抗氧化劑。該潛伏性抗氧化劑係藉由保護基保護表現抗氧化效果的酚系羥基。該潛伏性抗氧化劑由於在曝光時不具有抗氧化機能,故使來自起始劑之自由基不失活,而抑制感度降低,並抑制線寬變細。另一方面,在曝光後所進行之加熱步驟中,上述保護基脫離而表示抗氧化效果,故抑制色材等之褪色,得到高輝度之著色層。 The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains a latent antioxidant represented by the general formula (1). The latent antioxidant protects the phenolic hydroxyl group which exhibits an antioxidant effect by a protecting group. Since the latent antioxidant does not have an antioxidant function at the time of exposure, the radical derived from the initiator is not deactivated, the suppression sensitivity is lowered, and the line width is suppressed from being reduced. On the other hand, in the heating step performed after the exposure, the protective group is detached to exhibit an antioxidant effect, so that fading of the color material or the like is suppressed, and a high-luminance coloring layer is obtained.

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物係至少含有色材、光聚合性化合物、起始劑、潛伏性抗氧化劑、與溶劑者,在不損及本發明效果之前提下,視需要亦可進一步含有其他成分。 The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains at least a color material, a photopolymerizable compound, a starter, a latent antioxidant, and a solvent, and may be further included before the effect of the present invention is not impaired, and may be further contained as necessary. Other ingredients.

以下依序詳細說明此種本發明之彩色濾光片用著色樹脂組成物之各成分。 The components of the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention will be described in detail below.

[潛伏性抗氧化劑] [latent antioxidants]

本發明中所謂潛伏性抗氧化劑,係指具有可藉加熱而脫離之保護基的化合物,藉由該保護基脫離,表現抗氧化機能的化合物。其中,較佳係藉由依150℃以上加熱,而使保護基容易脫離。 The term "latent antioxidant" as used in the present invention refers to a compound having a protective group which can be removed by heating, and which exhibits an antioxidant function by being detached from the protective group. Among them, it is preferred to cause the protective group to be easily separated by heating at 150 ° C or higher.

本發明中,作為此種潛伏性抗氧化劑,使用下述一般式(1)所示化合物。 In the present invention, as such a latent antioxidant, the compound represented by the following general formula (1) is used.

(一般式(1)中各符號係如上述。) (The symbols in the general formula (1) are as described above.)

上述一般式(1)所示之潛伏性抗氧化劑,係具有於X表示之a價之特定原子或基鍵結了a個特定基的構造。此a個基彼此可為相同或相異。a之值為1~10,由合成容易度的觀點而言,較佳為2~6。 The latent antioxidant represented by the above general formula (1) has a structure in which a specific atom or a group of a valence represented by X is bonded to a specific group. This a base may be the same or different from each other. The value of a is from 1 to 10, and from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is preferably from 2 to 6.

上述一般式(1)中之環A,為五元環或六元環之烴環或雜環。 Ring A in the above general formula (1) is a hydrocarbon ring or a heterocyclic ring of a five-membered or six-membered ring.

作為五元環之烴環,可舉例如環戊烷環、環戊烯環等之脂環,或環戊二烯、二茂鐵等之芳香環。 Examples of the hydrocarbon ring of the five-membered ring include an alicyclic ring such as a cyclopentane ring or a cyclopentene ring, or an aromatic ring such as cyclopentadiene or ferrocene.

作為五元環之雜環,可舉例如呋喃、噻吩、吡咯、吡咯啶、吡唑啶、吡唑、咪唑、咪唑啶、唑、異唑、異唑啶、噻唑、異噻唑、異噻唑啶等。 Examples of the heterocyclic ring of the five-membered ring include furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazole, imidazole, and imidazolium. Azole Azole Zolidine, thiazole, isothiazole, isothiazolidine and the like.

作為六元環之烴基,可舉例如環己烷環、環己烯環、環己二烯環等之六元環之脂環,或苯、萘、蒽、茀、苝、芘等之六元環之芳香環。 The hydrocarbon group of the six-membered ring may, for example, be a six-membered ring alicyclic ring such as a cyclohexane ring, a cyclohexene ring or a cyclohexadiene ring, or a six-membered member such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, anthracene, anthracene or anthracene. The aromatic ring of the ring.

作為六元環之雜環,可舉例如哌啶、哌啉、硫代啉、 吡啶、吡、嘧啶、嗒、三等。 The heterocyclic ring of the six-membered ring may, for example, be piperidine or piperidine. , Porphyrin, thio Porphyrin, pyridine, pyridyl Pyrimidine ,three Wait.

此等環亦可與其他環縮合或經取代,例如亦可構成喹啉、異喹啉、吲哚、咯啶、苯并唑、苯并三唑、薁等。 These rings may also be condensed or substituted with other rings, for example, may also constitute quinoline, isoquinoline, anthracene, Pyrrolidine Oxazole, benzotriazole, hydrazine, and the like.

本發明中,環A係由可獲得能形成高輝度之著色層、且抑制線寬變化之感光性著色樹脂組成物的觀點而言,其中較佳為六元環之芳香環或雜環,更佳為六元環之芳香環,再更佳為選自苯、萘、蒽、芘之芳香環。 In the present invention, the ring A is preferably a six-membered ring aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring, from the viewpoint of obtaining a photosensitive coloring resin composition capable of forming a high-luminance coloring layer and suppressing a change in line width. The aromatic ring of the six-membered ring is more preferably an aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of benzene, naphthalene, anthracene and anthracene.

上述一般式(1)中之R1中,作為鹵原子可舉例如氟、氯、溴、碘。 In R 1 in the above general formula (1), examples of the halogen atom include fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.

R1中,作為亦可具有取代基之碳原子數1~40之烷基,可舉例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、異丁基、戊基、異戊基、第三戊基、環戊基、己基、2-己基、3-己基、環己基、4-甲基環己基、庚基、2-庚基、3-庚基、異庚基、第三庚基、1-辛基、異辛基、第三辛基、壬基、異壬基、癸基、十一基、十二基、十三基、異十三基、十四基、十五基、十六基、十七基、十八基、金剛烷基、1-金剛烷基、2-金剛烷基、2-甲基-1-金鋼烷基、2-甲基-2-金剛烷基、2-乙基-1-金剛烷基、2-乙基-2-金剛烷基、2-降基、2-降基甲基等。 In R 1 , the alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms which may have a substituent may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, a second butyl group or a third butyl group. Isobutyl, pentyl, isopentyl, third pentyl, cyclopentyl, hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, cyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, heptyl, 2-heptyl, 3- Heptyl, isoheptyl, third heptyl, 1-octyl, isooctyl, trioctyl, decyl, isodecyl, fluorenyl, eleven, twelve, thirteen, iso Tris, tetradecyl, fifteen, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, adamantyl, 1-adamantyl, 2-adamantyl, 2-methyl-1-gold steel alkyl , 2-methyl-2-adamantyl, 2-ethyl-1-adamantyl, 2-ethyl-2-adamantyl, 2-lower Base, 2-low Methyl group and the like.

R1中,作為碳原子數6~20之芳基,可舉例如苯基、萘、蒽基、2-甲基苯基、3-甲基苯基、4-甲基苯基、4-乙烯基苯基、3-異丙基苯基、4-異丙基苯基、4-丁基苯基、4-異丁基苯基、4-第三丁基苯基、4-己基苯基、4-環己基苯基、4-辛基苯基、4-(2-乙基己基)苯基、4-硬脂基苯基、2,3-二甲基苯基、2,4-二甲基苯基、2,5-二甲基苯基、2,6-二甲基苯基、3,4-二甲基苯基、3,5-二甲基苯基、 2,4-二第三丁基苯基、2,5-二第三丁基苯基、2,6-二第三丁基苯基、2,4-二第三戊基苯基、2,5-二第三戊基苯基、2,5-二第三辛基苯基、2,4-二異丙苯基苯基、4-環己基苯基、(1,1’-聯苯基)-4-基、2,4,5-三甲基苯基、二茂鐵基等。 In R 1 , examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include a phenyl group, a naphthalene group, a fluorenyl group, a 2-methylphenyl group, a 3-methylphenyl group, a 4-methylphenyl group, and a 4-vinyl group. Phenylphenyl, 3-isopropylphenyl, 4-isopropylphenyl, 4-butylphenyl, 4-isobutylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 4-cyclohexylphenyl, 4-octylphenyl, 4-(2-ethylhexyl)phenyl, 4-stearylphenyl, 2,3-dimethylphenyl, 2,4-dimethyl Phenyl, 2,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 3,4-dimethylphenyl, 3,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,4-di Tributylphenyl, 2,5-di-t-butylphenyl, 2,6-di-t-butylphenyl, 2,4-di-t-pentylphenyl, 2,5-di-third Phenylphenyl, 2,5-di-t-octylphenyl, 2,4-diisopropylphenylphenyl, 4-cyclohexylphenyl, (1,1'-biphenyl)-4-yl, 2,4,5-trimethylphenyl, ferrocene, and the like.

R1中,作為碳原子數2~20之含雜環基,可舉例如吡啶基、嘧啶基、嗒基、哌啶基、哌喃基、吡唑基、三基、吡咯基、喹啉基、異喹啉基、咪唑基、苯并咪唑基、三唑基、呋喃基、呋喃基、苯并呋喃基、噻吩基、苯硫基、苯并苯硫基、噻二唑基、噻唑基、苯并噻唑基、唑基、苯并唑基、異噻唑基、異唑基、吲哚基、2-吡咯啶酮-1-基、2-哌啶酮-1-基、2,4-二氧咪唑啶-3-基、2,4-二氧唑啶-3-基等。 In R 1 , examples of the heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include a pyridyl group, a pyrimidinyl group and an anthracene group. Base, piperidinyl, piperidyl, pyrazolyl, tri , pyrrolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, triazolyl, furyl, furyl, benzofuranyl, thienyl, phenylthio, benzophenylthio, Thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, Azolyl, benzo Azolyl, isothiazolyl, iso Azyl, fluorenyl, 2-pyrrolidone-1-yl, 2-piperidin-1-yl, 2,4-dioxaimidazolyl-3-yl, 2,4-dioxo Zyridin-3-yl and the like.

又,R1中,作為取代烷基、芳基、含雜環基之氫原子的取代基,可舉例如乙烯基、烯丙基、丙烯酸基、甲基丙烯酸基等之乙烯性不飽和基;氟、氯、溴、碘等之鹵原子;乙醯基、2-氯乙醯基、丙醯基、辛醯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、苯基羰基(苯甲醯基)、酞醯基、4-三氟甲基苯甲醯基、三甲基乙醯基、柳醯基、草醯基、硬脂醯基、甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基、正十八烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基等之醯基;乙醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基等之醯氧基;胺基、乙基胺基、二甲基胺基、二乙基胺基、丁基胺基、環戊基胺基、2-乙基己基胺基、十二基胺基、苯胺基、氯苯基胺基、甲苯胺基、甲氧苯胺基、N-甲基-苯胺基、二苯基胺基、萘基胺基、2-吡啶基胺基、甲氧基羰基胺基、苯氧基羰基胺基、乙醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基、甲醯基胺基、三甲基乙醯基胺基、月桂基胺基、胺甲醯基胺基、N,N-二甲基胺基羰基胺基、N,N-二乙基胺基羰基胺 基、啉基羰基胺基、甲氧基羰基胺基、乙氧基羰基胺基、第三丁氧基羰基胺基、正十八烷氧基羰基胺基、N-甲基-甲氧基羰基胺基、苯氧基羰基胺基、胺磺醯基胺基、N,N-二甲基胺基磺醯基胺基、甲基磺醯基胺基、丁基磺醯基胺基、苯基磺醯基胺基等之取代胺基;磺醯胺基、磺醯基、羧基、氰基、碸基、羥基、硝基、巰基、醯亞胺基、胺甲醯基、磺醯胺基、磺酸基、磷酸基或羧基、碸基、磺酸基、磷酸基等之鹽等。 Further, in R 1 , examples of the substituent of the substituted alkyl group, the aryl group or the hydrogen atom containing a heterocyclic group include an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, an acryl group or a methacryl group; a halogen atom such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine; an ethyl fluorenyl group, a 2-chloroethyl fluorenyl group, a propyl fluorenyl group, a octyl decyl group, an acryl fluorenyl group, a methacryl fluorenyl group, a phenylcarbonyl group (benzhydryl group), an anthracene Sulfhydryl, 4-trifluoromethylbenzhydryl, trimethylethenyl, sulfonyl, oxalinyl, stearyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, positive a mercapto group such as an octadecyloxycarbonyl group or an amine carbenyl group; a decyloxy group such as an ethoxycarbonyl group or a benzhydryloxy group; an amine group, an ethylamino group, a dimethylamino group, and a diethylamine; Base, butylamino group, cyclopentylamino group, 2-ethylhexylamino group, dodecylamino group, anilino group, chlorophenylamino group, toluidine group, methoxyaniline group, N-methyl group Anilino, diphenylamino, naphthylamino, 2-pyridylamino, methoxycarbonylamino, phenoxycarbonylamino, ethylamino, benzhydrylamine, formazan Amino group, trimethyl ethinylamine Base, laurylamine, amine mercaptoamine, N,N-dimethylaminocarbonylamino, N,N-diethylaminocarbonylamino, Polinylcarbonylamino, methoxycarbonylamino, ethoxycarbonylamino, tert-butoxycarbonylamino, n-octadecyloxycarbonylamino, N-methyl-methoxycarbonylamino , phenoxycarbonylamino, aminesulfonylamino, N,N-dimethylaminosulfonylamino, methylsulfonylamino, butylsulfonylamino, phenylsulfonate Substituted amine group such as arylamino group; sulfonylamino group, sulfonyl group, carboxyl group, cyano group, fluorenyl group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, fluorenyl group, fluorenylene group, amine carbaryl group, sulfonylamino group, sulfonic acid a salt such as a phosphate group or a carboxyl group, a sulfhydryl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group.

上述一般式(1)中之R2中,作為碳原子數1~20之烷基,可舉例如上述R1所例示之烷基中碳原子數1~20的烷基。 In the R 2 in the above general formula (1), examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the alkyl group exemplified in the above R 1 .

R2中,作為碳原子數2~20之烯基,可舉例如乙烯基、1-甲基乙烯-1-基、丙烯-1-基、丙烯-2-基、丙烯-3-基、丁烯-1-基、丁烯-2-基、2-甲基丙烯-3-基、1,1-二甲基乙烯-2-基、1,1-二甲基丙烯-3-基、3-丁烯基、1-甲基-3-丁烯基、異丁烯基、3-戊烯基、4-己烯基、環己烯基、聯環己烯基、庚烯基、辛烯基、癸烯基、十五烯基、廿烯基、廿三烯基等。 In R 2 , examples of the alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include a vinyl group, a 1-methylvinyl-1-yl group, a propen-1-yl group, a propen-2-yl group, a propen-3-yl group, and a butyl group. Alken-1-yl, buten-2-yl, 2-methylpropen-3-yl, 1,1-dimethylvinyl-2-yl, 1,1-dimethylpropen-3-yl, 3 -butenyl, 1-methyl-3-butenyl, isobutenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-hexenyl, cyclohexenyl, bicyclohexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl, Decenyl, pentadecenyl, nonenyl, indolyl and the like.

R2中,作為碳原子數6~20之芳基、碳原子數7~20之芳基烷基、碳原子數2~20之含雜環基,可舉例如與R1中所例示者相同者。 In R 2 , the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, the arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, and the heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms are, for example, the same as those exemplified as R 1 . By.

又,R2中,作為三烷基矽基,可舉例如三甲基矽烷、三乙基矽烷、乙基二甲基矽烷等。 Further, examples of the trialkylsulfonyl group in R 2 include trimethyldecane, triethyldecane, and ethyldimethyldecane.

進而於上述R1及R2具有烷基的情況,於該烷基鏈中,亦可具有碳-碳雙鍵、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-O-、-S-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-S-、-S-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-S-、-C(=O)-NH-、-NH-C(=O)-、-NH-C(=O)-O-、-NR’-、-S-S-或-SO2-。 Further, in the case where the above R 1 and R 2 have an alkyl group, they may have a carbon-carbon double bond, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -OC(= in the alkyl chain. O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -OC(=O)-O-, -SC(=O)-, -C(=O)-S-, -SC(=O)-O -, -OC(=O)-S-, -C(=O)-NH-, -NH-C(=O)-, -NH-C(=O)-O-, -NR'-, - SS- or -SO 2 -.

上述-NR’-基之R’,為碳原子數1~8之烷基,具體可舉例如上述R1所例示之烷基中碳原子數1~8的烷基。 R' of the above -NR'- group is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the alkyl group exemplified in the above R 1 .

尚且,在烷基鏈中含有上述構造的情況,較佳係不具有氧原子彼此鍵結之構造(-O-O-)。 Further, in the case where the above structure is contained in the alkyl chain, it is preferred that the structure (O-O-) in which oxygen atoms are bonded to each other is not provided.

本發明中之R1,係由容易合成的觀點而言,較佳為碳原子數1~8之烷基、或碳原子數6~12之芳基。又,R1係由作為潛伏性抗氧化劑之耐熱性或耐光性優越的觀點而言,其中較佳為碳原子數4以上之取代基。作為碳原子數4以上之取代基的具體例,可舉例如第三丁基、第三戊基、第三己基等之3級烷基;第二丁基、第二戊基等之2級烷基;異丁基、異戊基等之分枝1級烷基;環己基、環戊基等之環烷基等;由與自由基之反應性的觀點而言,較佳為3級烷基、特佳為第三丁基。 In the present invention, R 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of easy synthesis. Further, R 1 is preferably a substituent having 4 or more carbon atoms from the viewpoint of excellent heat resistance and light resistance as a latent antioxidant. Specific examples of the substituent having 4 or more carbon atoms include a tertiary alkyl group such as a third butyl group, a third pentyl group or a third hexyl group; and a second alkyl group such as a second butyl group and a second pentyl group. a branched alkyl group such as an isobutyl group or an isopentyl group; a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclohexyl group or a cyclopentyl group; and a 3-stage alkyl group from the viewpoint of reactivity with a radical; Particularly preferred is a third butyl group.

又,本發明中之R2,係於碳原子數2~8之烷基之氧原子側之末端鍵結著-C(=O)-O-,較佳係可有效率地發揮作為潛伏性添加劑之機能者。亦即,一般式(1)中之取代基-OR2,較佳係-O-C(=O)-O-R”(R”為碳原子數1~7之烷基)。 Further, in the present invention, R 2 is bonded to -C(=O)-O- at the end of the oxygen atom side of the alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and is preferably used as a latent property. The function of the additive. That is, the substituent -OR 2 in the general formula (1) is preferably -OC(=O)-OR"(R" is an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms).

上述一般式(1)中之X所示、亦可具有取代基之碳原子數1~120之a價之脂肪族烴基的構造並無特別限定。該脂肪族烴基可為直鏈、分枝鏈、環狀(脂環式烴)及此等之組合的任一者。又,該脂肪族烴基係於該脂肪族烴基中,亦可具有碳-碳雙鍵、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-O-、-S-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-S-、-S-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-S-、-C(=O)-NH-、-NH-C(=O)-、-NH-C(=O)-O-、-NR’-、-S-S-或-SO2-或氮原子。例如,作為1價之脂肪族烴基,可舉例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、環丙基、丁基、 第二丁基、第三丁基、異丁基、戊基、異戊基、第三戊基、環戊基、己基、2-己基、3-己基、環己基、聯環己基、1-甲基環己基、庚基、2-庚基、3-庚基、異庚基、第三庚基、正辛基、異辛基、第三辛基、2-乙基己基、壬基、異壬基、癸基等之烷基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、異丁氧基、戊氧基、異戊氧基、第三戊氧基、己氧基、環己氧基、庚氧基、異庚氧基、第三庚氧基、正辛氧基、異辛氧基、第三辛氧基、2-乙基己氧基、壬氧基、癸氧基等之烷氧基;甲硫基、乙硫基、丙硫基、異丙硫基、丁硫基、第二丁硫基、第三丁硫基、異丁硫基、戊硫基、異戊硫基、第三戊硫基、己硫基、環己硫基、庚硫基、異庚硫基、第三庚硫基、正辛硫基、異辛硫基、第三辛硫基、2-乙基己硫基等之烷硫基;乙烯基、1-甲基乙烯基、2-甲基乙烯基、2-丙烯基、1-甲基-3-丙烯基、3-丁烯基、1-甲基-3-丁烯基、異丁烯基、3-戊烯基、4-己烯基、環己烯基、聯環己烯基、庚烯基、辛烯基、癸烯基、十五烯基、廿烯基、廿三烯基等之烯基或此等基與下述取代基的組合等;2價以上之脂肪族烴基可舉例如上述1價脂肪族烴基之一部分氫原子脫離的構造。 The structure of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by X in the above general formula (1) and having a substituent having a carbon atomic number of from 1 to 120 is not particularly limited. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain, a cyclic (alicyclic hydrocarbon), and the like. Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and may have a carbon-carbon double bond, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, -C( =O)-O-, -OC(=O)-O-, -SC(=O)-, -C(=O)-S-, -SC(=O)-O-, -OC(=O )-S-, -C(=O)-NH-, -NH-C(=O)-, -NH-C(=O)-O-, -NR'-, -SS- or -SO 2 - Or a nitrogen atom. For example, examples of the monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a butyl group, a second butyl group, a third butyl group, an isobutyl group, and a pentyl group. Isoamyl, third amyl, cyclopentyl, hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, cyclohexyl, bicyclohexyl, 1-methylcyclohexyl, heptyl, 2-heptyl, 3-heptyl, Alkyl groups such as isoheptyl, third heptyl, n-octyl, isooctyl, trioctyl, 2-ethylhexyl, decyl, isodecyl, fluorenyl, etc.; methoxy, ethoxy, Propyloxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, second butoxy, tert-butoxy, isobutoxy, pentyloxy, isopentyloxy, third pentyloxy, hexyloxy, ring Hexyloxy, heptyloxy, isoheptyloxy, third heptyloxy, n-octyloxy, isooctyloxy, trioctyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, decyloxy, decyloxy Alkoxy; methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, butylthio, second butylthio, tert-butylthio, isobutylthio, pentylthio, isova Sulfur, third pentylthio, hexylthio, cyclohexylthio, heptylthio, isoheptylthio, third heptane Alkylthio group such as n-octylthio, isooctylthio, trioctylthio, 2-ethylhexylthio; vinyl, 1-methylvinyl, 2-methylvinyl, 2- Propylene, 1-methyl-3-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 1-methyl-3-butenyl, isobutenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-hexenyl, cyclohexenyl, An alkenyl group such as a cyclohexene group, a heptenyl group, an octenyl group, a nonenyl group, a pentacenyl group, a nonenyl group, a decyl group, or the like; or a combination of the above groups with the following substituents; The above aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a structure in which a part of hydrogen atoms of one of the above monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups are removed.

X中亦可具有取代基之碳原子數6~35之a價之含芳香環烴基的構造並無特別限定。例如,作為1價之含芳香環烴基,可舉例如苄基、苯乙基、二苯基甲基、三苯基甲基、苯乙烯基、桂皮基等之芳基烷基;苯基、萘基等之芳基;苯氧基、萘氧基等之芳氧基;苯硫基、萘硫基等之芳硫基或此等基與下述取代基的組合等,2價以上之脂肪族烴基可舉例如上述1價之含芳香環烴基之一部分氫原子脫離的構造。又,該含芳香環烴基,係於該含芳香環烴 基中,亦可具有碳-碳雙鍵、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-O-、-S-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-S-、-S-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-S-、-C(=O)-NH-、-NH-C(=O)-、-NH-C(=O)-O-、-NR’-、-S-S-或-SO2-或氮原子。 The structure of the aromatic ring-containing hydrocarbon group having a substituent of a carbon atom having 6 to 35 carbon atoms in the substituent X may not be particularly limited. For example, examples of the monovalent aromatic-containing cyclic hydrocarbon group include an arylalkyl group such as a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a diphenylmethyl group, a triphenylmethyl group, a styryl group or a cinnamyl group; a phenyl group and a naphthalene group; An aryl group such as a phenoxy group or a naphthyloxy group; an arylthio group such as a phenylthio group or a naphthylthio group; or a combination of the above groups and the following substituents; The hydrocarbon group may have a structure in which, for example, a part of the hydrogen atom of the monovalent aromatic-containing cyclic hydrocarbon group is removed. Further, the aromatic ring-containing hydrocarbon group may be a carbon-carbon double bond, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, in the aromatic ring-containing hydrocarbon group. -C(=O)-O-, -OC(=O)-O-, -SC(=O)-, -C(=O)-S-, -SC(=O)-O-, -OC (=O)-S-, -C(=O)-NH-, -NH-C(=O)-, -NH-C(=O)-O-, -NR'-, -SS- or - SO 2 - or a nitrogen atom.

X中之亦可具有取代基之碳原子數2~35之a價之含雜環基的構造並無特別限定。例如,作為1價之含雜環基,可舉例如吡啶基、嘧啶基、嗒基、哌啶基、哌喃基、哌唑基、三基、吡咯基、喹啉基、異喹啉基、咪唑基、苯并咪唑基、三唑基、呋喃基、呋喃基、苯并呋喃基、噻吩基、苯硫基、苯并苯硫基、噻二唑基、噻唑基、苯并噻唑基、氧唑基、苯氧唑基、異噻唑基、異唑基、吲哚基、2-吡咯啶酮-1-基、2-哌啶酮-1-基、2,4-二氧咪唑啶-3-基、2,4-二氧唑啶-3-基、苯氧三唑基等或此等基與下述取代基的組合等,2價以上之含雜環基可舉例如上述1價之含雜環基之一部分氫原子脫離的構造。 The structure of the heterocyclic group having a valence of a carbon atom having 2 to 35 carbon atoms which may have a substituent in X is not particularly limited. For example, examples of the monovalent heterocyclic group include a pyridyl group, a pyrimidinyl group and an anthracene group. Base, piperidinyl, piperidyl, prazolyl, tri , pyrrolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, triazolyl, furyl, furyl, benzofuranyl, thienyl, phenylthio, benzophenylthio, Thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxygen Azoyl, phenoxy Azolyl, isothiazolyl, iso Azyl, fluorenyl, 2-pyrrolidone-1-yl, 2-piperidin-1-yl, 2,4-dioxaimidazolyl-3-yl, 2,4-dioxo a combination of a oxazolidin-3-yl group, a phenoxytriazolyl group, or the like, or a combination of the above substituents, and the like, and the divalent or higher heterocyclic group may, for example, be a part of the above-mentioned monovalent heterocyclic group-containing hydrogen atom. Construction.

作為X可具有之取代基,可舉例如乙烯基、烯丙基、丙烯酸基、甲基丙烯酸基等之乙烯性不飽和基;氟、氯、溴、碘等之鹵原子;乙醯基、2-氯乙醯基、丙醯基、辛醯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、苯基羰基(苯甲醯基)、酞醯基、4-三氟甲基苯甲醯基、三甲基乙醯基、柳醯基、草醯基、硬脂醯基、甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基、正十八烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基等之醯基;乙醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基等之醯氧基;胺基、乙基胺基、二甲基胺基、二乙基胺基、丁基胺基、環戊基胺基、2-乙基己基胺基、十二基胺基、苯胺基、氯苯基胺基、甲苯胺基、甲氧苯胺基、N-甲基-苯胺基、二苯基胺基、萘基胺基、2-吡啶基胺基、甲氧基羰基胺基、苯 氧基羰基胺基、乙醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基、甲醯基胺基、三甲基乙醯基胺基、月桂基胺基、胺甲醯基胺基、N,N-二甲基胺基羰基胺基、N,N-二乙基胺基羰基胺基、啉基羰基胺基、甲氧基羰基胺基、乙氧基羰基胺基、第三丁氧基羰基胺基、正十八烷氧基羰基胺基、N-甲基-甲氧基羰基胺基、苯氧基羰基胺基、胺磺醯基胺基、N,N-二甲基胺基磺醯基胺基、甲基磺醯基胺基、丁基磺醯基胺基、苯基磺醯基胺基等之取代胺基;磺醯胺基、磺醯基、羧基、氰基、碸基、羥基、硝基、巰基、醯亞胺基、胺甲醯基、磺醯胺基、磺酸基、磷酸基或羧基、碸基、磺酸基、磷酸基等之鹽等;此等基亦可進一步經取代。又,羧基及碸基亦可形成鹽。 Examples of the substituent which X may have include an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, an acryl group or a methacryl group; a halogen atom such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine; an ethyl fluorenyl group; - chloroethyl fluorenyl, propyl fluorenyl, octyl decyl, acryl fluorenyl, methacryl fluorenyl, phenylcarbonyl (benzylidene), fluorenyl, 4-trifluoromethylbenzylidene, trimethyl a mercapto group such as an ethenyl group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfhydryl group, a stearyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, an n-octadecyloxycarbonyl group, an amine carbaryl group; a decyloxy group such as a decyloxy group or a benzyl methoxy group; an amine group, an ethylamino group, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a butylamino group, a cyclopentylamino group, and a 2-ethyl group; Hexylamino, dodecylamino, anilino, chlorophenylamino, toluidine, methoxyanilino, N-methyl-anilino, diphenylamino, naphthylamino, 2-pyridine Amino group, methoxycarbonylamino group, phenoxycarbonylamino group, acetylamino group, benzhydrylamino group, formylamino group, trimethylethylamino group, lauryl amine group Aminomethylamino, N, N-di Amino carbonyl amino group, N, N- diethylamino-carbonyl group, Polinylcarbonylamino, methoxycarbonylamino, ethoxycarbonylamino, tert-butoxycarbonylamino, n-octadecyloxycarbonylamino, N-methyl-methoxycarbonylamino , phenoxycarbonylamino, aminesulfonylamino, N,N-dimethylaminosulfonylamino, methylsulfonylamino, butylsulfonylamino, phenylsulfonate Substituted amine group such as arylamino group; sulfonylamino group, sulfonyl group, carboxyl group, cyano group, fluorenyl group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, fluorenyl group, fluorenylene group, amine carbaryl group, sulfonylamino group, sulfonic acid a salt of a phosphate group, a phosphate group or a carboxyl group, a sulfhydryl group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group or the like; and these groups may be further substituted. Further, a carboxyl group and a thiol group may form a salt.

又,X中,>NR3、-OR3、-SR3、-N(R3)(R4)中R3及R4中,作為碳原子數1~35之脂肪族烴基、碳原子數6~35之含芳香環烴基、及碳原子數2~35之含雜環基,分別可舉例如上述作為1價之脂肪族烴基、上述作為1價之含芳香環烴基、上述作為1價含雜環基所例示者中滿足碳原子數者。 Further, in X, in R 3 and R 4 of >NR 3 , -OR 3 , -SR 3 and -N(R 3 )(R 4 ), the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 35 carbon atoms and the number of carbon atoms Examples of the aromatic ring-containing hydrocarbon group of 6 to 35 and the heterocyclic group having 2 to 35 carbon atoms include, for example, the above-mentioned monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the above-mentioned monovalent aromatic ring-containing hydrocarbon group, and the above-mentioned monovalent content. The number of carbon atoms is satisfied in the exemplified by the heterocyclic group.

本發明中,一般式(1)所示之化合物中,由耐熱性優越的觀點而言,較佳係選自下述一般式(1A)~(1E)之1種以上。 In the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably one or more selected from the following general formulas (1A) to (1E) from the viewpoint of excellent heat resistance.

(一般式(1A)中,環A’為六元環之脂環、芳香環或雜環,R11、 R12、R13、R14及R15係分別獨立之氫原子或和上述一般式(1)中之R1同樣之基,R2係與上述一般式(1)中之R2同樣,其中,R11、R12、R13、R14及R15中至少一者為與一般式(1)中之R1相同的基。) (In the general formula (1A), the ring A' is a six-membered ring alicyclic ring, an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring, and R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a general formula (1) the R 1 Similarly the group, R 2 system and the (1) of R in the above general formula 2 Likewise, wherein, R 11, R 12, R 13, R 14 and R 15 in at least one of the general The same group of R 1 in the formula (1).)

(一般式(1B)中,X1為下述一般式(3)所示之基,環A’、R2、R11、R12、R13及R14係與一般式(1A)相同。) (In the general formula (1B), X 1 is a group represented by the following general formula (3), and the rings A', R 2 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 are the same as the general formula (1A). )

(一般式(1C)中,m為2~6之整數,X1係在m=2時為下述一般式(3)所示之基,在m=3時為下述一般式(4)所示之基,在m=4時為下述一般式(5)所示之基,在m=5時為下述一般式(6)所示之基,在m=6時為下述一般式(7)所示之基,環A’、R2、R11、R12、R13及R14係與一般式(1A)相同。) (In the general formula (1C), m is an integer of 2 to 6, and X 1 is a group represented by the following general formula (3) when m=2, and is the following general formula (4) when m=3. The group shown is a group represented by the following general formula (5) when m=4, and is a group represented by the following general formula (6) when m=5, and is generally as follows when m=6. The group represented by the formula (7), the rings A', R 2 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 are the same as the general formula (1A).

[化7] [Chemistry 7]

(一般式(1D)中,m、X1、環A’、R2、R11、R12、R13及R14係與一般式(1C)相同。) (In the general formula (1D), m, X 1 , ring A', R 2 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 are the same as the general formula (1C).)

(一般式(1E)中,m’為3~6之整數,分別與一般式(1C)之m為3~6之情況相同;X1、環A’、R2、R11、R12、R13及R14係與一般式(1C)相同。) (In the general formula (1E), m' is an integer of 3 to 6, which is the same as the case where m of the general formula (1C) is 3 to 6; X 1 , ring A', R 2 , R 11 , R 12 , The R 13 and R 14 systems are the same as the general formula (1C).)

[化9]一般式(3)-Z 1 -Q 1 -Z 2 - General formula (3)-Z 1 -Q 1 -Z 2 -

(一般式(3)中,Q1表示-NR32-、二價之碳原子數1~35之脂肪族烴基、二價之碳原子數6~35之含芳香環烴基或二價之碳原子數2~35之含雜環基或下述(3-1)~(3-3)之任一者所表示之取代基;Q1所表示之脂肪族烴基中之亞甲基,亦可由-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-或此等組合之基所取代;Z1及Z2分別獨立表 示直接鍵結、-O-、-S-、-SO2-、-SO-、-NR32-、-PR33-,R32及R33分別獨立為氫原子、碳原子數1~8之烷基、碳原子數6~20之芳基或碳原子數7~20之芳基烷基,R32及R33所示之烷基、芳基及芳基烷基亦可由鹵原子、羥基或硝基所取代;R32及R33所示之烷基及芳基烷基中之亞甲基,亦可由-COO-、-O-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-NH-或-CONH-所取代。 (In the general formula (3), Q 1 represents -NR 32 -, a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 35 carbon atoms, a divalent carbon atom-containing hydrocarbon group having 6 to 35 carbon atoms or a divalent carbon atom a substituent represented by a heterocyclic group of 2 to 35 or any one of the following (3-1) to (3-3); a methylene group in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by Q 1 may also be - O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- or a combination of these groups; Z 1 and Z 2 independently represent direct bonding, -O-, -S- , -SO 2 -, -SO-, -NR 32 -, -PR 33 -, R 32 and R 33 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. or 7 to 20 carbon atoms, the aryl group, alkyl group represented by R 32 and R 33, the alkyl and aryl groups may be replaced by a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a nitro group; R 32 and R 33 shown in FIG. The methylene group in the alkyl group and the arylalkyl group may also be substituted by -COO-, -O-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -NH- or -CONH-.

其中,上述一般式(3)所示基為碳原子數1~35之範圍內。) Here, the group represented by the above general formula (3) is in the range of 1 to 35 carbon atoms. )

(式(3-1)中,R34表示氫原子、亦可由碳原子數1~10之烷基或碳原子數1~10之烷氧基所取代之苯基或碳原子數3~10之環烷基,R35表示碳原子數1~10之烷基、碳原子數1~10之烷氧基、碳原子數2~10之烯基或鹵原子;R34及R35所示之烷基、烷氧基及烯基係由鹵原子所取代或未取代,d為0~5之整數。) (In the formula (3-1), R 34 represents a hydrogen atom, a phenyl group which may be substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a carbon number of 3 to 10; a cycloalkyl group, R 35 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms or a halogen atom; and an alkane represented by R 34 and R 35 ; The group, alkoxy group and alkenyl group are substituted or unsubstituted by a halogen atom, and d is an integer of 0 to 5.)

(式(3-3)中,R36及R37分別獨立表示碳原子數1~10之烷基、碳原子數6~20之芳基、碳原子數6~20之芳氧基、碳原子數6~20之芳硫基、碳原子數8~20之芳基烯基、碳原子數7~20之芳基烷基、碳原子數2~20之含雜環基或鹵原子;R36及R37所示之烷基、芳基、芳氧基、芳硫基、芳基烯基、芳基烷基及含雜環基,係由鹵原子取代或未取代;R36及R37所示之烷基及芳基烷基中之亞甲基,可由不飽和鍵、-O-或-S-所取代;R36亦可與相鄰接之R36彼此形成環;e表示0~4之數,f表示0~8之數,g表示0~4之數,h表示0~4之數,g與h之數的合計為2~4。) (In the formula (3-3), R 36 and R 37 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. a 6 to 20 arylthio group, an arylalkenyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or a halogen atom; R 36 As shown in the alkyl group and R 37, aryl group, aryloxy group, arylthio group, arylalkenyl group, arylalkyl and heterocyclic ring-containing group, a substituted or unsubstituted with a halogen-based atom; R 36 and R 37 Suo The methylene group in the alkyl group and the arylalkyl group may be substituted by an unsaturated bond, -O- or -S-; R 36 may also form a ring with the adjacent R 36 ; e represents 0~4 The number, f represents the number of 0~8, g represents the number of 0~4, h represents the number of 0~4, and the total of the number of g and h is 2~4.)

(一般式(4)~(7)中,Q2表示由R38所取代之碳原子、三價之碳原子數1~35之脂肪族烴基、三價之碳原子數6~35之含芳香環烴基或三價之碳原子數2~35之含雜環基;R38表示氫原子、碳原子數1~8之烷基、碳原子數6~20之芳基或碳原子數7~20之芳基烷基;Q3表示碳原子、四價之碳原子數1~35之脂肪族烴基、四價之碳原子數6~35之含芳香環烴基或四價之碳原子數2~35之含雜環基;Q4表示五價之碳原子數2~35之脂肪族烴基、五價之碳原子數6~35之含芳香環烴基或五價之碳原子數2~35之含雜環基;Q5表示六價之碳原子數2~35之脂肪族烴基、六價之碳原子數6~35 之含芳香環烴基或六價之碳原子數2~35之含雜環基;Q2、Q4、Q5、Q6所示之脂肪族烴基中之亞甲基,亦可由-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-或組合此等之基所取代;Z1~Z6分別獨立與上述一般式(3)中之Z1及Z2所示之基相同;其中,上述一般式(4)或(5)所示之基分別為碳原子數1~35之範圍內,上述一般式(6)或(7)所示之基分別為碳原子數2~35之範圍內。) (In the general formulae (4) to (7), Q 2 represents a carbon atom substituted by R 38 , an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a trivalent carbon number of 1 to 35, and a trivalent carbon atom having a carbon number of 6 to 35. a cyclic hydrocarbon group or a trivalent heterocyclic group having 2 to 35 carbon atoms; R 38 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or a carbon number of 7 to 20 An arylalkyl group; Q 3 represents a carbon atom, a tetravalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 35 carbon atoms, a tetravalent carbon atom having 6 to 35 atomic aromatic hydrocarbon groups or a tetravalent carbon atom having 2 to 35 carbon atoms; The heterocyclic group is contained; Q 4 represents a pentavalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 35 carbon atoms, a pentavalent carbon group having 6 to 35 atomic aromatic hydrocarbon groups or a pentavalent carbon atom having 2 to 35 carbon atoms; a ring group; Q 5 represents a hexavalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 35 carbon atoms; a hexavalent aromatic ring-containing hydrocarbon group having 6 to 35 carbon atoms; or a hexavalent heterocyclic group having 2 to 35 carbon atoms; The methylene group in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by Q 2 , Q 4 , Q 5 or Q 6 may also be -O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- or a combination the group of such substituted; Z 1 ~ Z 6 are each independently the same group in the above general formula (3) Z 1 and Z 2 as shown in the; wherein, The groups represented by the general formula (4) or (5) are each in the range of 1 to 35 carbon atoms, and the groups represented by the above general formula (6) or (7) are each in the range of 2 to 35 carbon atoms. Inside.)

作為上述一般式(1A)~一般式(1E)中之環A’所示的六元環之脂環、芳香環或雜環,可舉例如上述一般式(1)中之A之說明中所例示者。 The alicyclic ring, the aromatic ring or the hetero ring of the six-membered ring represented by the ring A' in the general formula (1A) to the general formula (1E) may, for example, be described in the description of A in the above general formula (1). Example.

上述一般式(1A)~一般式(1E)中,R11~R15分別獨立為氫原子或上述一般式(1)中之R1相同的基,R11~R15中至少一者為與R1相同之基。本發明中,較佳係在與經-OR2取代之碳原子相鄰接之碳原子具有與R1相同之基,其中,較佳為碳原子數4以上之取代基。由於在與經-OR2取代之碳原子相鄰接之碳原子具有大體積之取代基,故作為潛伏性抗氧化劑之耐熱性或耐光性優越,抗氧化效果亦優越。 In the above general formula (1A) to general formula (1E), R 11 to R 15 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a group having the same R 1 in the above general formula (1), and at least one of R 11 to R 15 is The same base of R 1 . In the present invention, it is preferred that the carbon atom adjacent to the carbon atom substituted with -OR 2 has the same group as R 1 , and among them, a substituent having 4 or more carbon atoms is preferable. Since the carbon atom adjacent to the carbon atom substituted with -OR 2 has a large volume of substituents, it is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance as a latent antioxidant, and is excellent in oxidation resistance.

作為上述一般式(3)中之Q1所示的二價之碳原子數1~35的脂肪族烴基,可舉例如甲烷、乙烷、丙烷、異丙烷、丁烷、第二丁烷、第三丁烷、異丁烷、己烷、2-甲基己烷、3-甲基己烷、庚烷、2-甲基庚烷、3-甲基庚烷、異庚烷、第三庚烷、1-甲基辛烷、異辛烷、第三辛烷、環丙烷、環丁烷、環戊烷、環己烷、環庚烷、2,4-二甲基環丁烷、4-甲基環己烷等之基經Z1及Z2所取代的二價基、環辛基、環癸基、1-金剛烷基、2-金剛烷基、正金剛烷基、2-甲基金剛烷基、降基、異降基、全氫萘基、全氫蒽基、聯環[1.1.0] 丁基、聯環[1.1.1]戊基、聯環[2.1.0]戊基、聯環[3.1.0]己基、聯環[2.1.1]己基、聯環[2.2.0]己基、聯環[4.1.0]庚基、聯環[3.2.0]庚基、聯環[3.1.1]庚基、聯環[2.1.1]庚基、聯環[5.1.0]辛基、聯環[4.2.0]辛基、聯環[4.1.1]辛基、聯環[3.3.0]辛基、聯環[3.2.1]辛基、聯環[2.2.2]辛基、螺[4,4]壬基、螺[4,5]癸基、十氫萘、三環癸基、四環十二基、雪松醇、環十二基等之基由Z1及Z2所取代之二價基,及此等之組合;脂肪族烴基中之亞甲基亦可由-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-或組合此等之基所取代,所謂組合此等之基,例如表示-COO-O-、-COO-S-、-O-OCO-、-S-OCO-、-CO-NH-、-NH-CO-等,其中較佳係由-COO-、-O-、-OCO-、-NHCO-、-NH-、-CONH-、-O-CONH-或-NHCO-O-所取代。 The divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 35 carbon atoms represented by Q 1 in the above general formula (3) may, for example, be methane, ethane, propane, isopropane, butane or second butane. Tributane, isobutane, hexane, 2-methylhexane, 3-methylhexane, heptane, 2-methylheptane, 3-methylheptane, isoheptane, third heptane , 1-methyloctane, isooctane, third octane, cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cycloheptane, 2,4-dimethylcyclobutane, 4-methyl a divalent group, a cyclooctyl group, a cyclodecyl group, a 1-adamantyl group, a 2-adamantyl group, a n-adamantyl group, a 2-methyl hexanyl group substituted by a group such as a cyclohexane or the like by Z 1 and Z 2 Alkyl, descending Base Base, perhydronaphthyl, perhydroindolyl, bicyclo[1.1.0] butyl, bicyclo[1.1.1]pentyl, bicyclo[2.1.0]pentyl, bicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl , hydrazine [2.1.1] hexyl, bicyclo [2.2.0] hexyl, bicyclo [4.1.0] heptyl, bicyclo [3.2.0] heptyl, bicyclo [3.1.1] heptyl, hydrazine Ring [2.1.1] heptyl, bicyclo [5.1.0] octyl, bicyclo [4.2.0] octyl, bicyclo [4.1.1] octyl, bicyclo [3.3.0] octyl, hydrazine Ring [3.2.1] octyl, bicyclo [2.2.2] octyl, spiro[4,4]decyl, spiro[4,5]decyl, decahydronaphthalene, tricyclodecyl, tetracyclic a divalent group in which a group such as a base, a cedarol, a cyclododeyl group or the like is substituted by Z 1 and Z 2 , and a combination thereof; the methylene group in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may also be -O-, -S-, - CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- or a combination of these groups, the so-called combination of such groups, for example, -COO-O-, -COO-S-, -O-OCO-, -S-OCO-, -CO-NH-, -NH-CO-, etc., preferably -COO-, -O-, -OCO-, -NHCO-, -NH-, -CONH-, -O Replaced with -CONH- or -NHCO-O-.

作為Q1所表示之二價之碳原子數6~35之含芳香環烴基,可舉例如苯基、萘基、聯苯基等之基經Z1及Z2所取代的二價基等。 The aromatic ring-containing hydrocarbon group having a divalent carbon number of 6 to 35 represented by Q 1 may, for example, be a divalent group substituted with Z 1 or Z 2 such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or a biphenyl group.

作為Q1所表示之二價之碳原子數2~35之含雜環烴基,可舉例如吡啶、吡、哌啶、哌、嘧啶、嗒、三、六氫三、呋喃、四氫呋喃、烷、、噻吩、四氫噻吩等之基經Z1及Z2所取代的二價基等。 The divalent heterocyclic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 35 carbon atoms represented by Q 1 may, for example, be pyridine or pyridyl. Piperidine, piperazine Pyrimidine ,three Hexahydrogen , furan, tetrahydrofuran, alkyl, a divalent group substituted with a group such as thiophene or tetrahydrothiophene via Z 1 and Z 2 .

此等基亦可經鹵原子、氰基、硝基或碳原子數1~8之烷氧基進一步取代。 These groups may be further substituted by a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.

作為R32及R33所示之碳原子數1~8之烷基,可舉例如作為R1及R2所示之碳原子數1~40之烷基所例示之基中滿足既定碳數的基。 The alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms represented by R 32 and R 33 may, for example, be a group exemplified as the alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms represented by R 1 and R 2 and satisfying a predetermined carbon number. base.

作為R32及R33所示之碳原子數6~20之芳基,可舉例如作為R1、R2及R4所示之碳原子數6~20之芳基所例示之基。 Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 32 and R 33 include, for example, those exemplified as the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 1 , R 2 and R 4 .

作為R32及R33所示之碳原子數7~20之芳基烷基,可舉例如作為R1、R2及R4所示之碳原子數7~20之芳基烷基所例示之基。 The arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 32 and R 33 may, for example, be exemplified as an arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 1 , R 2 and R 4 . base.

又,作為亦可對R32及R33所示之烷基、芳基及芳基烷基進行取代的鹵原子,可舉例如作為R1及R2所示之鹵原子所例示之基。 Further, the halogen atom which may be substituted with an alkyl group, an aryl group or an arylalkyl group represented by R 32 and R 33 may, for example, be a group exemplified as the halogen atom represented by R 1 and R 2 .

上述(3-1)所示之取代基中,作為亦可對R34所示之苯基及碳原子數3~10之環烷基進行取代的碳原子數1~10之烷基及R35所示之碳原子數1~10之烷基,可舉例如作為R1及R2所示之碳原子數1~40之烷基所例示之基中滿足既定碳數的基等。作為亦可對R34所示之苯基及碳原子數3~10之環烷基進行取代的碳原子數1~10之烷氧基及R35所示之碳原子數1~10之烷氧基,可舉例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、異丁氧基、戊氧基、異戊氧基、第三戊氧基、己氧基、環己氧基、環己基甲氧基、四氫呋喃氧基、四氫吡喃氧基等。 In the substituent represented by the above (3-1), an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and R 35 which may be substituted with a phenyl group represented by R 34 and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms; The alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms as shown, for example, a group satisfying a predetermined carbon number among the groups exemplified as the alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms represented by R 1 and R 2 . The alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and the alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 35 may be substituted with a phenyl group represented by R 34 and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. The base may, for example, be a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, a second butoxy group, a third butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a pentyloxy group or an isopentyloxy group. A group, a third pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, a cyclohexyloxy group, a cyclohexylmethoxy group, a tetrahydrofuranyloxy group, a tetrahydropyranyloxy group or the like.

作為R34所示之碳原子數3~10之環烷基,可舉例如環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環庚基、環辛基等及此等經上述碳原子數1~10之烷基或碳原子數1~10之烷氧基進行取代之基。 Examples of the cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 34 include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, etc., and the above-mentioned carbon atoms are 1~. A group in which an alkyl group of 10 or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is substituted.

作為R35所示之碳原子數2~10之烯基,可舉例如乙烯基、烯丙基、1-丙烯基、異丙烯基、2-丁烯基、1,3-丁二烯基、2-戊烯基、2-辛烯基等。 Examples of the alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 35 include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a 1-propenyl group, an isopropenyl group, a 2-butenyl group, and a 1,3-butadienyl group. 2-pentenyl, 2-octenyl and the like.

作為亦可對R35所示之鹵原子、以及R34及R35所示之烷基、烷氧基及烯基進行取代的鹵原子,可舉例如作為R1及R2所示之鹵原子所例示之基。 The halogen atom may also be a halogen atom on the R, and R 34 and R 35 shown in the alkyl, alkoxy and alkenyl substituted FIG 35 includes, for example, as R 1 and R 2 of the halogen atom shown in FIG. The base of the illustration.

尚且,亦可對R35所示之烷基、烷氧基及烯基進行取代之鹵原子的取代位置並無限制。 Further, the position of substitution of the halogen atom to which the alkyl group, the alkoxy group and the alkenyl group represented by R 35 are substituted may not be limited.

上述(3-3)所示取代基中,作為R36及R37所示之碳原子數1~10之烷基,可舉例如作為R1及R2所示之碳原子數1~40之烷基所例示之基中滿足既定碳數的基等。 In the substituent represented by the above (3-3), the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented by R 36 and R 37 may, for example, be 1 to 40 carbon atoms represented by R 1 and R 2 . A group satisfying a predetermined carbon number among the groups exemplified by the alkyl group.

作為R36及R37所示之碳原子數6~20之芳基,可舉例如作為R1、R2及R4所示之碳原子數6~20之芳基所例示之基等。 Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 36 and R 37 include, for example, a group exemplified as an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 1 , R 2 and R 4 .

作為R36及R37所示之碳原子數6~20之芳基氧基,可舉例如苯氧基、萘氧基、2-甲基苯氧基、3-甲基苯氧基、4-甲基苯氧基、4-乙烯基苯氧基、3-異丙基苯氧基、4-異丙基苯氧基、4-丁基苯氧基、4-第三丁基苯氧基、4-己基苯氧基、4-環己基苯氧基、4-辛基苯氧基、4-(2-乙基己基)苯氧基、2,3-二甲基苯氧基、2,4-二甲基苯氧基、2,5-二甲基苯氧基、2,6-二甲基苯氧基、3,4-二甲基苯氧基、3,5-二甲基苯氧基、2,4-二第三丁基苯氧基、2,5-二第三丁基苯氧基、2,6-二第三丁基苯氧基、2,4-二第三戊基苯氧基、2,5-第三戊基苯氧基、4-環己基苯氧基、2,4,5-三甲基苯氧基、二茂鐵氧基等之基及對此等基以鹵原子取代的基等。 Examples of the aryloxy group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 36 and R 37 include a phenoxy group, a naphthyloxy group, a 2-methylphenoxy group, a 3-methylphenoxy group, and 4 Methylphenoxy, 4-vinylphenoxy, 3-isopropylphenoxy, 4-isopropylphenoxy, 4-butylphenoxy, 4-tert-butylphenoxy, 4-hexylphenoxy, 4-cyclohexylphenoxy, 4-octylphenoxy, 4-(2-ethylhexyl)phenoxy, 2,3-dimethylphenoxy, 2,4 - dimethylphenoxy, 2,5-dimethylphenoxy, 2,6-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 3,5-dimethylphenoxy Base, 2,4-di-t-butylphenoxy, 2,5-di-t-butylphenoxy, 2,6-di-t-butylphenoxy, 2,4-di-t-pentyl a group such as a phenoxy group, a 2,5-tripentylphenoxy group, a 4-cyclohexylphenoxy group, a 2,4,5-trimethylphenoxy group, a ferroceneoxy group, or the like A group substituted with a halogen atom or the like.

作為R36及R37所示之碳原子數6~20之芳硫基,可舉例如將上述亦可由鹵原子所取代之碳原子數6~20之芳硫基的氧原子取代為硫原子的基等。 The arylthio group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 36 and R 37 may, for example, be substituted with a sulfur atom of an arylthio group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a halogen atom. Base.

作為R36及R37所示之碳原子數8~20之芳基烯基,可舉例如將上述亦可由鹵原子所取代之碳原子數6~20之芳氧基之氧原子藉乙烯基、烯丙基、1-丙烯基、異丙烯基、2-丁烯基、1,3-丁二烯基、2-戊烯基、2-辛烯基等之烯基所取代的基等。 Examples of the arylalkenyl group having 8 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 36 and R 37 include an oxygen atom of an aryloxy group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a halogen atom, and a vinyl group. A group substituted with an alkenyl group such as allyl, 1-propenyl, isopropenyl, 2-butenyl, 1,3-butadienyl, 2-pentenyl or 2-octenyl.

作為R36及R37所示之碳原子數7~20之芳基烷基,可舉例如作為R1、R2及R4所示之碳原子數7~20之芳基烷基所例示之基等。 Examples of the arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 36 and R 37 include, for example, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 1 , R 2 and R 4 . Base.

作為R36及R37所示之碳原子數2~20之含雜環基,可舉例如使吡啶、哌啶、哌、哌啶、嘧啶、嗒、三、六氫三、呋喃、四氫呋喃、烷、、噻吩、四氫噻吩等之基及此等基經鹵原子所取代的基等。 Examples of the heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 36 and R 37 include pyridine, piperidine and piperidin. Piperidine, pyrimidine, pyrene ,three Hexahydrogen , furan, tetrahydrofuran, alkyl, a group such as thiophene or tetrahydrothiophene, and a group in which these groups are substituted by a halogen atom.

作為亦可對R36及R37所示之烷基、芳基、芳氧基、芳硫基、芳基烯基、芳基烷基及含雜環基進行取代的鹵原子,可舉例如作為R1及R2所示之鹵原子所例示之基。 The halogen atom which may be substituted with an alkyl group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an arylthio group, an arylalkenyl group, an arylalkyl group or a heterocyclic group represented by R 36 and R 37 may, for example, be mentioned as The group represented by the halogen atom represented by R 1 and R 2 .

作為上述一般式(4)中之Q2所示之三價之碳原子數1~35之脂肪族烴基、三價之碳原子數6~35之含芳香環烴基或三價之碳原子數2~35之含雜環基,係可舉例如使上述一般式(3)中之Q1之說明所例示的脂肪族烴基、含芳香環烴基、含雜環基分別由Z1、Z2及Z3所取代的三價基等。 The trivalent carbon atom having 1 to 35 carbon atoms represented by Q 2 in the above general formula (4), the trivalent carbon atom having 6 to 35 carbon atoms or the trivalent carbon atom number 2 The heterocyclic group of the group of ~35, for example, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the aromatic ring-containing hydrocarbon group, and the heterocyclic group containing the aromatic group represented by the description of Q 1 in the above general formula (3) are respectively Z 1 , Z 2 and Z. 3 substituted trivalent groups and the like.

又,作為R38所示之碳原子數1~8之烷基、碳原子數6~20之芳基或碳原子數7~20之芳基烷基,可舉例如與R32及R33所示碳原子數1~8之烷基、碳原子數6~20之芳基或碳原子數7~20之芳基烷基相同的基等。 Moreover, as the number of carbon atoms in R 1 to 8 of the alkyl group, an aryl group or a number of carbon atoms of 6 to 20 carbon atoms, arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 of FIG. 38 includes, for example with R 32 and R 33 Suo The alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or the same arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms are shown.

作為上述一般式(5)中之Q3所示之四價之碳原子數1~35之脂肪族烴基、四價之碳原子數6~35之含芳香環烴基或四價之碳原子數2~35之含雜環基,係可舉例如使上述一般式(3)中之Q1之說明所例示的脂肪族烴基、含芳香環烴基、含雜環基分別由Z1、Z2、Z3及Z4所取代的四價基等。 The tetravalent carbon atom having 1 to 35 carbon atoms represented by Q 3 in the above general formula (5), the tetravalent carbon atom having 6 to 35 carbon atoms or the tetravalent carbon atom number 2 The heterocyclic group of the group of ~35, for example, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the aromatic ring-containing hydrocarbon group, and the heterocyclic group containing the aromatic group represented by the description of Q 1 in the above general formula (3) are respectively Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z. 3 and a tetravalent group substituted by Z 4 or the like.

作為上述一般式(6)中之Q4所示之五價之碳原子數2~35之脂肪族烴基、五價之碳原子數6~35之含芳香環烴基或五價之碳原子數2~35之含雜環基,係可舉例如使上述一般式(3)中之 Q1之說明所例示的脂肪族烴基、含芳香環烴基、含雜環基分別由Z1、Z2、Z3、Z4及Z5所取代的五價基等。 The pentavalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 35 carbon atoms represented by Q 4 in the above general formula (6), the aromatic ring-containing hydrocarbon group having a pentavalent carbon number of 6 to 35 or the pentavalent carbon atom number 2 The heterocyclic group of the group of ~35, for example, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the aromatic ring-containing hydrocarbon group, and the heterocyclic group containing the aromatic group represented by the description of Q 1 in the above general formula (3) are respectively Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z. 3. A pentavalent group substituted by Z 4 and Z 5 , and the like.

作為上述一般式(7)中之Q5所示之六價之碳原子數2~35之脂肪族烴基、六價之碳原子數6~35之含芳香環烴基或六價之碳原子數2~35之含雜環基,係可舉例如使上述一般式(3)中之Q1之說明所例示的脂肪族烴基、含芳香環烴基、含雜環基分別由Z1、Z2、Z3、Z4、Z5及Z6所取代的六價基等。 The hexavalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 to 35 carbon atoms represented by Q 5 in the above general formula (7), the aromatic ring-containing hydrocarbon group having 6 to 35 carbon atoms or the hexavalent carbon atom number 2 The heterocyclic group of the group of ~35, for example, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the aromatic ring-containing hydrocarbon group, and the heterocyclic group containing the aromatic group represented by the description of Q 1 in the above general formula (3) are respectively Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z. 3 , a hexavalent group substituted by Z 4 , Z 5 and Z 6 , and the like.

作為本發明中適合使用之潛伏性抗氧化劑的具體例,可舉例如將受阻酚系抗氧化劑之酚基之氫藉第三丁氧基羰基般之胺甲醯系保護基所取代的構造,可舉例如下述化學式(A)~(C)等,但並不限定於此等。 Specific examples of the latent antioxidant which is suitably used in the present invention include a structure in which a hydrogen of a phenol group of a hindered phenol-based antioxidant is substituted with a protecting group such as a third butoxycarbonyl group. Examples thereof include the following chemical formulas (A) to (C), but are not limited thereto.

[化13] [Chemistry 13]

一般式(1)所示化合物之製造方法並無特別限定,例如使藉由日本專利特開昭57-111375、特開平3-173843、特開平6-128195、特開平7-206771、特開平7-252191、特表2004-501128之各公報記載之方法所製造的酚系化合物,與酸酐、酸氯化物、Boc化試藥、烷基鹵化合物、矽基鹵化合物、烯丙基醚化合物等反應而可獲得。又,亦可使用市售物。 The method for producing the compound of the general formula (1) is not particularly limited, and for example, it is disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 57-111375, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei. - 251191, the phenolic compound produced by the method described in each of the publications of JP-A-2004-501128, reacted with an acid anhydride, an acid chloride, a Boc reagent, an alkyl halide compound, a mercapto halogen compound, an allyl ether compound, or the like. Available. Further, a commercially available product can also be used.

[色材] [color material]

本發明中,色材若為在形成彩色濾光片之著色層時可進行所需之發色即可,並無特別限定,可將各種之有機顏料、無機顏料、染料等單獨或混合2種以上使用。染料係除了溶解於溶劑中使用之外,亦可為可分散之染料。可分散之染料係藉由與後述之分散劑組合,而耐熱性或耐光性優越。 In the present invention, the color material is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired color when forming the color layer of the color filter, and various organic pigments, inorganic pigments, dyes, and the like can be used alone or in combination. Used above. The dye system may be a dispersible dye in addition to being dissolved in a solvent. The dispersible dye is excellent in heat resistance or light resistance by being combined with a dispersing agent to be described later.

由發色性高、耐熱性高之觀點而言,適合使用有機顏料。作為有機顏料,可舉例如色指數(C.I.,The Society of Dyers and Colourists公司發行)中分類為色素(Pigment)的化合物,具體可舉例如下述般加註色指數(C.I.)編號者。 From the viewpoint of high color developability and high heat resistance, an organic pigment is suitably used. The organic pigment may, for example, be a compound classified as a pigment in a color index (C.I., issued by The Society of Dyers and Colourists), and specific examples thereof include the following coloring index (C.I.) number.

C.I.色素黃1、3、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、55、60、61、65、71、73、74、81、83、93、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、116、117、119、120、126、127、128、129、138、139、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、166、168、175、185及C.I.色素黃150之衍生物顏料;C.I.色素橙1、5、13、14、16、17、24、34、36、38、40、43、46、49、51、61、63、64、71、73;C.I.色素紫1、19、23、29、32、36、38;C.I.色素紅1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、14、15、16、17、18、19、21、22、23、30、31、32、37、38、40、41、42、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49:1、49:2、50:1、52:1、53:1、57、57:1、57:2、58:2、58:4、60:1、63:1、63:2、64:1、81:1、83、88、90:1、97、101、102、104、105、106、108、 112、113、114、122、123、144、146、149、150、151、166、168、170、171、172、174、175、176、177、178、179、180、185、187、188、190、193、194、202、206、207、208、209、215、216、220、224、226、242、243、245、254、255、264、265;C.I.色素藍15、15:3、15:4、15:6、60;C.I.色素綠7、36、58、59;C.I.色素棕23、25;C.I.色素黑1、7。 CI Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98 , 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155 , 156, 166, 168, 175, 185 and CI pigment yellow 150 derivative pigment; CI pigment orange 1, 5, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 34, 36, 38, 40, 43, 46, 49 , 51, 61, 63, 64, 71, 73; CI pigment purple 1, 19, 23, 29, 32, 36, 38; CI pigment red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 , 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23, 30, 31, 32, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 48:1, 48:2, 48 :3, 48:4, 49:1, 49:2, 50:1, 52:1, 53:1, 57, 57:1, 57:2, 58:2, 58:4, 60:1, 63 : 1, 63: 2, 64: 1, 81: 1, 83, 88, 90: 1, 97, 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 108, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 151, 166, 168, 170, 171, 172, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 185, 187, 188, 190, 193, 194, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 215, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 243, 245, 254, 255, 264, 265; CI Pigment Blue 15, 15: 3, 15 : 4, 15: 6, 60; CI pigment green 7, 36, 58, 59; CI pigment brown 23, 25; CI pigment black 1, 7.

作為上述無機顏料之具體例,可舉例如氧化鈦、硫酸鋇、碳酸鈣、氧化鋅、硫酸鉛、鉛黃、鋅黃、鐵丹(紅色氧化鐵(III))、鎘紅、群青、紺青、氧化鉻綠、鈷綠、琥珀、鈦黑、合成鐵黑、碳黑等。 Specific examples of the inorganic pigment include titanium oxide, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, zinc oxide, lead sulfate, lead yellow, zinc yellow, iron oxide (red iron oxide (III)), cadmium red, ultramarine blue, indigo, Chromium oxide green, cobalt green, amber, titanium black, synthetic iron black, carbon black, and the like.

例如,在彩色濾光片之基板上使用本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物形成遮光層之圖案時,係於油墨中調配遮光性高之黑色顏料。作為遮光性高之黑色顏料,可使用例如碳黑或四氧化三鐵等之無機顏料、或花青黑等之有機顏料。 For example, when the photosensitive coloring resin composition of the present invention is used to form a pattern of a light-shielding layer on a substrate of a color filter, a black pigment having a high light-shielding property is blended in the ink. As the black pigment having high light-shielding property, for example, an inorganic pigment such as carbon black or triiron tetroxide or an organic pigment such as cyanine black can be used.

作為上述可分散之染料,可舉例如對染料賦予了各種取代基使其不溶化於溶劑而藉此成為可分散的染料,或與低溶解度之溶劑組合使用而藉此成為可分散的染料,或將對溶劑為可溶性之染料與相對離子進行鹽形成而成為不溶化(色澱化)之色澱色材。此種可分散之染料係藉由與分散劑組合使用,可提升該染料之分散性或分散穩定性。 The dispersible dye may be a dispersible dye by adding various substituents to the dye to be insolubilized in a solvent, or may be used as a dispersible dye in combination with a solvent having a low solubility, or A dye-soluble dye and a counter ion are salt-formed to form an insoluble (paste-forming) lake color material. Such dispersible dyes are used in combination with dispersants to enhance the dispersibility or dispersion stability of the dye.

尚且,作為標準,相對於10g溶劑(或混合溶劑),若染料之溶解量為10mg以下,則可判定於該溶劑(或混合溶劑)中該染料為可 分散。 Further, as a standard, if the amount of the dye dissolved is 10 mg or less with respect to 10 g of the solvent (or the mixed solvent), it can be judged that the dye is acceptable in the solvent (or mixed solvent). dispersion.

本發明中,由提升輝度及對比之觀點而言,較佳係使用上述色澱色材。色澱色材通常可藉由將對溶劑為可溶性之染料、與後述色澱化劑於溶劑中混合而獲得。作為上述對溶劑為可溶性之染料,由彩色濾光片之高輝度化的觀點而言,較佳係使用高穿透率的染料。該染料係配合所需色調而適當選擇即可,可為偶氮系染料、金屬錯合鹽偶氮染料、蒽醌系染料、三芳基甲烷系染料、系染料、花青系染料、靛青系染料、萘醌染料、醌亞胺染料、亞甲基染料、酞菁染料等、具有任一基本骨架(發色部位)的染料。又,上述染料可為具有陰離子性取代基之酸性染料、或具有陽離子性取代基之鹼性染料等、分類為任一者的染料。 In the present invention, it is preferred to use the above-described lake color material from the viewpoint of enhancing the luminance and contrast. The lake color material can usually be obtained by mixing a solvent which is soluble in a solvent with a post-coating agent described later in a solvent. As the dye which is soluble in the solvent, it is preferred to use a dye having a high transmittance from the viewpoint of high luminance of the color filter. The dye may be appropriately selected in accordance with a desired color tone, and may be an azo dye, a metal complex salt azo dye, an anthraquinone dye, or a triarylmethane dye. A dye having any basic skeleton (chromophoric moiety) such as a dye, a cyanine dye, a indigo dye, a naphthoquinone dye, a quinone imine dye, a methylene dye, a phthalocyanine dye, or the like. Further, the dye may be a dye classified as either an acid dye having an anionic substituent or a basic dye having a cationic substituent.

在形成藍色著色層的情況,由高輝度化的觀點而言,其中較佳為三芳基甲烷系染料、系染料、及花青系染料之至少1種,更佳為三芳基甲烷系染料。 In the case of forming a blue colored layer, among them, a triarylmethane dye is preferable from the viewpoint of high luminance. At least one of a dye and a cyanine dye is more preferred, and a triarylmethane dye is more preferred.

作為酸性染料,可舉例如C.I.酸性紫29、31、33、34、36、36:1、39、41、42、43、47、51、63、76、103、118、126,C.I.酸性藍2、8、14、25、27、35、37、40、41、41:1、41:2、43、45、46、47、49、50、51、53、54、55、56、57、58、62、62:1、63、64、65、68、69、70、78、79、80、81、96、111、124、127、127:1、129、137、138、143、145、150、175、176、183、198、203、204、205、208、215、220、221、225、226、227、230、231、232、233、235、239、245、247、253、257、258、260、261、264、266、270、271、272、273、274、277、277:1、278、280、281、282、286、287、288、289、290、291、292、293、294、295、298、 301、302、304、305、306、307、313、316、318、322、324、327、331、333、336、339、340、343、344、350,C.I.酸性綠10、17、25、25:1、27、36、37、38、40、41、42、44、54、59、69、71、81、84、95、101、110、117等蒽醌系酸性染料;C.I.酸性紫15、16、17、19、21、23、24、25、38、49、72;C.I.酸性藍1、3、5、7、9、19、22、83、90、93、100、103、104、109,C.I.酸性綠3、5、6、7、8、9、11、13、14、15、16、18、22、50、50:1等之三芳基甲烷系酸性染料;C.I.酸性紅50、51、52、87、92、94、289、388,C.I.酸性紫9、30、102,礦酸玫瑰紅G、磺酸玫瑰紅B、磺酸玫瑰紅101、磺酸玫瑰紅640等之系酸性染料等。系酸性染料中,較佳為C.I.酸性紅50、C.I.酸性紅52、C.I.酸性紅289、C.I.酸性紫9、C.I.酸性紫30、C.I.酸性藍19等之玫瑰紅系酸性染料。 As the acid dye, for example, CI Acid Violet 29, 31, 33, 34, 36, 36:1, 39, 41, 42, 43, 47, 51, 63, 76, 103, 118, 126, CI Acid Blue 2 , 8, 14, 25, 27, 35, 37, 40, 41, 41:1, 41:2, 43,45,46,47,49,50,51,53,54,55,56,57,58 , 62, 62: 1, 63, 64, 65, 68, 69, 70, 78, 79, 80, 81, 96, 111, 124, 127, 127: 1, 129, 137, 138, 143, 145, 150 , 175, 176, 183, 198, 203, 204, 205, 208, 215, 220, 221, 225, 226, 227, 230, 231, 232, 233, 235, 239, 245, 247, 253, 257, 258 , 260, 261, 264, 266, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 277, 277: 1, 278, 280, 281, 282, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294 , 295, 298, 301, 302, 304, 305, 306, 307, 313, 316, 318, 322, 324, 327, 331, 333, 336, 339, 340, 343, 344, 350, CI Acid Green 10, 17, 25, 25: 1, 27, 36, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 44, 54, 59, 69, 71, 81, 84, 95, 101, 110, 117 and the like lanthanide acid dye; CI acid purple 15, 16, 17, 19, 21, 23, 24, 25, 38, 49, 72; CI Acid Blue 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 19, 22, 83, 90, 93, 100, 103, 104 , 109, CI acid green 3,5,6,7,8,9,11,13,14,15,16,18,22,50, 50:1 triarylmethane acid dye; CI acid red 50 , 51, 52, 87, 92, 94, 289, 388, CI Acid Violet 9, 30, 102, mineral acid rose red G, sulfonic acid rose red B, sulfonic acid rose red 101, sulfonic acid rose red 640, etc. It is an acid dye or the like. Among the acid dyes, preferred are rose red acid dyes such as CI Acid Red 50, CI Acid Red 52, CI Acid Red 289, CI Acid Violet 9, CI Acid Violet 30, and CI Acid Blue 19.

又,作為市售鹼性材料,可舉例有C.I.鹼性紫1、3、14,C.I.鹼性藍1、5、7、8、11、26,C.I.鹼性綠1、4等三芳基甲烷系鹼性染料;C.I.鹼性黃13、C.I.鹼性紅14等花青系鹼性染料;C.I.鹼性紅29等偶氮系鹼性染料;C.I.鹼性紫11等系鹼性染料等。三芳基甲烷系鹼性染料中,較佳為C.I.鹼性藍1、5、7、8、11、26。又,作為本發明中三芳基甲烷系鹼性染料,較佳可舉例如具有下述一般式(I’)表示之色材之陽離子的染料。 Further, as a commercially available basic material, CI basic violet 1, 3, 14, CI basic blue 1, 5, 7, 8, 11, 26, CI basic green 1, 4, etc. triarylmethane system can be exemplified. Basic dyes; CI basic yellow 13, CI alkaline red 14 and other cyanine basic dyes; CI alkaline red 29 and other azo basic dyes; CI alkaline purple 11 etc. It is a basic dye or the like. Among the triarylmethane-based basic dyes, CI basic blue 1, 5, 7, 8, 11, and 26 are preferred. Moreover, as the triarylmethane-based basic dye in the present invention, for example, a dye having a cation of a color material represented by the following general formula (I') is preferable.

此等染料可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 These dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

色澱色材中,相對離子係視上述染料種類而異,酸性染料之相對離子為陽離子,鹼性染料之相對離子為陰離子。因此,上述色澱化劑係配合上述染料而適當選擇使用。亦即,在使上述酸性染料不溶化的情況,係使用產生該染料之相對陽離子之化合物作 為色澱化劑;在使上述鹼性染料不溶化的情況,係使用產生該染料之相對陰離子之化合物作為色澱化劑。 In the lake color material, the relative ion type varies depending on the type of the dye, the relative ion of the acid dye is a cation, and the relative ion of the basic dye is an anion. Therefore, the above-mentioned laking agent is appropriately selected and used in combination with the above dye. That is, in the case of insolubilizing the above acid dye, a compound which produces a relative cation of the dye is used. It is a lake forming agent; in the case of insolubilizing the above basic dye, a compound which produces a relative anion of the dye is used as a lake forming agent.

作為酸性染料之相對陽離子,除了銨陽離子之外,可舉例如金屬離子或無機聚合物等。 The relative cation of the acid dye may, for example, be a metal ion or an inorganic polymer in addition to the ammonium cation.

作為產生鋁離子之色澱化劑,較佳可舉例如1級胺化合物、2級胺化合物、3級胺化合物等,其中,由耐熱性及耐光性優越的觀點而言,較佳係使用2級胺化合物或3級胺化合物。 As a coloring agent which produces an aluminum ion, a 1st-order amine compound, a 2nd-grade amine compound, and a tertiary-grade amine compound are preferable, and it is preferable to use 2 from a viewpoint of the heat resistance and the light resistance. Amine compound or a tertiary amine compound.

又,作為產生金屬陽離子之色澱化劑,可由具有所需金屬離子之金屬鹽中適當選擇。 Further, as the coloring agent for producing metal cations, it may be appropriately selected from metal salts having a desired metal ion.

酸性染料之相對離子可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 The relative ions of the acid dye may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為含有酸性染料之色澱色材,由可達成高輝度的觀點而言,其中較佳為含有系染料之色澱色材。 As a lake color material containing an acid dye, from the viewpoint of achieving high luminance, it is preferable to contain A dye-based lake color material.

作為該色澱色材中之系酸性染料,其中,較佳為下述一般式(II)所示化合物、亦即具有玫瑰紅系酸性染料。 As the color lake material The acid dye is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (II), that is, a rosin-based acid dye.

(一般式(II)中,RI~RIV分別獨立表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜芳基,RI與RIII、RII與RIV亦可鍵結形成環構造。RV表示酸性基,X表示鹵原子。m表示0~5之整數。一般式(II)係具有1個以上酸 性基者,n為0以上之整數。) (In general formula (II), R I to R IV each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and R I and R III , R II and R IV may also bond to form a ring structure. R V It represents an acidic group, and X represents a halogen atom. m represents an integer of 0 to 5. The general formula (II) has one or more acidic groups, and n is an integer of 0 or more.

RI~RIV中之烷基並無特別限定。可舉例如亦可具有取代基之碳數1~20之直鏈或分枝狀烷基等,其中較佳為碳數1~8之直鏈或分枝狀烷基,更佳為碳數1~5之直鏈或分枝狀烷基。作為烷基亦可具有之取代基並無特別限定,可舉例如芳基、鹵原子、羥基等,作為經取代之烷基可舉例如苄基等,進而亦可具有鹵原子、或酸性基作為取代基。 The alkyl group in R I to R IV is not particularly limited. For example, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and the like, preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a carbon number of 1 a linear or branched alkyl group of ~5. The substituent which the alkyl group may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an aryl group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group. The substituted alkyl group may, for example, be a benzyl group or the like, or may have a halogen atom or an acidic group. Substituent.

RI~RIV中之芳基並無特別限定。可舉例如碳數6~20之亦可具有取代基的芳基,其中,較佳為具有苯基、萘基等之基。RI~RIV中之雜芳基可舉例如碳數5~20之亦可具有取代基之雜芳基,作為雜原子,較佳為含有氮原子、氧原子、硫原子者。 The aryl group in R I to R IV is not particularly limited. For example, an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20 which may have a substituent may be mentioned, and among them, a group having a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or the like is preferable. The heteroaryl group in R I to R IV may, for example, be a heteroaryl group which may have a substituent of 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and preferably contains a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom as a hetero atom.

作為芳基或雜芳基亦可具有之取代基,可舉例如碳數1~5之烷基、鹵原子、酸性基、羥基、烷氧基、胺甲醯基、碳酸酯基等。 The aryl group or the heteroaryl group may have a substituent, and examples thereof include an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an acidic group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aminomethyl group, and a carbonate group.

尚且,RI~RIV可為相同或相異。 Also, R I ~ R IV may be the same or different.

作為酸性基或其鹽之具體例,可舉例如羧基(-COOH)、羧根基(-COO-)、羧酸鹽基(-COOM,於此M表示金屬原子)、磺酸根基(-SO3 -)、磺酸基(-SO3H)、磺酸鹽基(-SO3M,於此M表示金屬原子)等;其中,較佳為具有磺酸根基(-SO3 -)、磺酸基(-SO3H)或磺酸鹽基(-SO3M)之至少1種。尚且,金屬原子M可舉例如鈉原子、鉀原子等。 Specific examples of the acidic group or a salt thereof include a carboxyl group (-COOH), a carboxyl group (-COO - ), a carboxylate group (-COOM, wherein M represents a metal atom), and a sulfonate group (-SO 3 ). - ), a sulfonic acid group (-SO 3 H), a sulfonate group (-SO 3 M, wherein M represents a metal atom), etc.; among them, preferably having a sulfonate group (-SO 3 - ), a sulfonic acid group At least one of a group (-SO 3 H) or a sulfonate group (-SO 3 M). Further, the metal atom M may, for example, be a sodium atom or a potassium atom.

作為一般式(II)所示化合物,由高輝度化之觀點而言,其中較佳為酸性紅50、酸性紅52、酸性紅289、酸性紫9、酸性紫30、酸性藍19等。 The compound represented by the general formula (II) is preferably acid red 50, acid red 52, acid red 289, acid violet 9, acid violet 30, acid blue 19 or the like from the viewpoint of high luminance.

又,由耐熱性之觀點而言,一般式(II)中,較佳係具有m=1、 且n=0之甜菜鹼構造的化合物。 Further, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, in the general formula (II), it is preferred to have m=1. And a compound of betaine structure with n=0.

又,其中,由可形成輝度及耐光性優越之著色層的觀點而言,較佳係m=1、且n=0,RI及RII分別獨立為烷基或芳基,RIII及RIV分別獨立為芳基或雜芳基。 Further, among them, from the viewpoint of forming a coloring layer excellent in luminance and light resistance, m=1 and n=0, and R I and R II are each independently an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R III and R are respectively. IV is independently an aryl or heteroaryl group.

上述一般式(II)所示化合物之製造方法並無特別限定,可參考例如日本專利特開2010-211198號公報而獲得。 The method for producing the compound of the above formula (II) is not particularly limited, and can be obtained, for example, from Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-211198.

上述系酸性染料之金屬色澱色材,係使用含金屬原子者作為色澱化劑。藉由使用含有金屬原子之色澱化劑,色材之耐熱性變高。作為此種色澱化劑,較佳係含有成為2價以上之金屬陽離子之金屬原子的色澱化劑。 Above A metal lake coloring material which is an acid dye, which uses a metal atom as a lake former. By using a coloring agent containing a metal atom, the heat resistance of the color material becomes high. As such a lake-forming agent, a lake-forming agent containing a metal atom which is a metal cation of two or more valences is preferable.

另一方面,作為鹼性染料之相對陰離子,可為有機陰離子、亦可為無機陰離子。作為該有機陰離子,可舉例如具有陰離子性基作為取代基的有機化合物。 On the other hand, the relative anion of the basic dye may be an organic anion or an inorganic anion. The organic anion may, for example, be an organic compound having an anionic group as a substituent.

又,亦可使用公知之酸性染料作為有機陰離子。此時,色澱色材係酸性染料與鹼性染料成為離子對而存在。 Further, a known acid dye can also be used as the organic anion. At this time, the lake color material is an acid dye and the basic dye is present as an ion pair.

作為此等產生有機陰離子之色澱化劑,可舉例如上述有機陰離子之鹼金屬鹽或鹼土族金屬鹽等。 Examples of the lake forming agent which produces an organic anion include an alkali metal salt or an alkaline earth metal salt of the above organic anion.

另一方面,作為無機陰離子可舉例如含氧酸之陰離子(磷酸離子、硫酸離子、鉻酸離子、鎢酸離子(WO4 2-)、鉬酸離子(MoO4 2-)等),或複數之含氧酸經縮合的多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子等之無機陰離子或其混合物。 On the other hand, examples of the inorganic anion include an anion of an oxyacid (phosphoric acid ion, sulfate ion, chromic acid ion, tungstic acid ion (WO 4 2- ), molybdate ion (MoO 4 2- ), etc.), or plural An inorganic anion of a condensed polyoxometalate anion or the like, or a mixture thereof.

作為上述多金屬氧酸,可為異聚酸根離子(MmOn)c-,亦可為雜聚酸根離子(X1MmOn)c-。於上述離子式中,M表示聚原子,X表示雜原子,m表示聚原子之組成比,n表示氧原子之組成比。作為聚 原子M,可舉例如Mo、W、V、Ti、Nb等。又,作為雜原子X,可舉例如Si、P、As、S、Fe、Co等。 The polyoxo acid may be a heteropolymer ion (M m O n ) c- or a heteropolymer ion (X 1 M m O n ) c- . In the above ionic formula, M represents a poly atom, X represents a hetero atom, m represents a composition ratio of a poly atom, and n represents a composition ratio of oxygen atoms. Examples of the poly atom M include Mo, W, V, Ti, Nb, and the like. Further, examples of the hetero atom X include Si, P, As, S, Fe, Co, and the like.

其中,由耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳係含有鉬(Mo)及鎢(W)之至少1種的多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子,更佳係至少含有鎢之c價之多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子。 Among them, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, it is preferred to contain at least one polyoxometalate anion of molybdenum (Mo) and tungsten (W), and more preferably a c-valent polyoxometallate containing at least tungsten. Anion.

作為產生無機陰離子之色澱化劑,可舉例如上述無機陰離子之鹼鹽或鹼金屬鹽等。 The coloring agent which produces an inorganic anion may, for example, be an alkali salt or an alkali metal salt of the above inorganic anion.

色澱色材中之鹼性染料之相對陰離子可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 The relative anions of the basic dye in the lake coloring material may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

本發明中色澱色材,係由耐熱性及耐光性的觀點而言,其中較佳為由鹼性染料與無機陰離子所構成之色澱色材,更佳為鹼性染料與多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子。在含有多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子之色澱色材的情況,矽烷偶合劑雖然容易受到經時性變化,但本發明中,由於該矽烷偶合劑之含有比例相對於著色樹脂組成物中之總固形份為1質量%以下,故該經時變化的影響較小,另一方面,由於耐熱性及耐光性高,故特別適合使用作為本案之色澱色材。 In the present invention, the coloring material is preferably a coloring material composed of a basic dye and an inorganic anion, more preferably a basic dye and a polyoxometalate, from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance. Salt anion. In the case of a lake color material containing a polyoxometallate anion, the decane coupling agent is susceptible to change with time, but in the present invention, the content ratio of the decane coupling agent is relative to the total solid content in the colored resin composition. When the amount is 1% by mass or less, the influence of the change over time is small, and on the other hand, since the heat resistance and the light resistance are high, it is particularly suitable to use the lake color material as the present invention.

本發明中,上述色澱色材係由可提升彩色濾光片之輝度的觀點而言,較佳為具有三芳基甲烷系染料的色澱色材,其中較佳為含有三芳基甲烷系鹼性染料、與多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子。 In the present invention, the above-mentioned lake color material is preferably a lake color material having a triarylmethane dye, and preferably a triarylmethane type alkalinity, from the viewpoint of enhancing the luminance of the color filter. Dyes, and polyoxometalate anions.

本發明中,上述色澱色材係由耐熱性及耐光性優越、達成彩色濾光片之高輝度的觀點而言,在為下述一般式(I)所示的色材時,係形成分子會合狀態,由顯示更優越之耐熱性的觀點而言為較佳。 In the present invention, the lake coloring material is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance, and the high luminance of the color filter is obtained. When the coloring material is represented by the following general formula (I), the molecule is formed. The state of rendezvous is preferable from the viewpoint of exhibiting superior heat resistance.

[化15] [化15]

(一般式(I)中,A係與N直接鍵結之碳原子為不具有π鍵結的a價有機基,該有機基表示至少於與N直接鍵結之末端具有飽和脂肪族烴基的脂肪族烴基、或具有該脂肪族烴基的芳香族基,碳鏈中亦可含有O、S、N。Bc-表示至少含有鎢之c價之多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子。Ri~Rv分別獨立表示氫原子、亦可具有取代基之烷基或亦可具有取代基之芳基,亦可Rii與Riii、Riv與Rv鍵結而形成環構造。Ar1為亦可具有取代基之2價芳香族基。複數之Ri~Rv及Ar1分別可為相同或相異。 (In the general formula (I), the carbon atom directly bonded to the A system and N is an a-valent organic group having no π bond, and the organic group means a fat having a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group at least at the terminal directly bonded to N. The hydrocarbon group or the aromatic group having the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may further contain O, S, and N in the carbon chain. B c- represents a polyvalent metal oxylate anion containing at least c-valent tungsten. R i to R v respectively The hydrogen atom independently represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may have a substituent, and R ii may be bonded to R iii , R iv and R v to form a ring structure. Ar 1 may also have a substitution. The divalent aromatic group of the group may have the same or different R 1 to R v and Ar 1 , respectively.

a及c為2以上之整數,b及d為1以上之整數。e為0或1,e為0時不存在鍵結。複數之e可為相同或相異。) a and c are integers of 2 or more, and b and d are integers of 1 or more. e is 0 or 1, and when there is 0, there is no bond. The plural e can be the same or different. )

上述一般式(I)所示色材係如圖4所示,推測由於含有2價以上之陰離子202、與2價以上之陽離子201,故於該色材之凝集體中,陰離子與陽離子並非單純地依1分子對1分子進行離子鍵結,而是經由離子鍵203形成使複數分子會合的分子會合體210。因此,一般式(I)所示色材之外觀之分子量,係較習知色澱色材之分子量格外增大。推測由於此種分子會合體之形成而使固體狀態下之凝集力更加提高,使熱運動降低,可抑制離子對之解離或陽離子部 之分解,提升耐熱性。 As shown in Fig. 4, the color material shown in the above general formula (I) is presumed to contain an anion 202 having a valence of two or more and a cation 201 having a valence of two or more. Therefore, in the aggregate of the color material, the anion and the cation are not simple. One molecule is ion-bonded to one molecule, and a molecular conjugation 210 in which a plurality of molecules meet is formed via the ionic bond 203. Therefore, the molecular weight of the appearance of the color material represented by the general formula (I) is particularly increased as compared with the molecular weight of the conventional lake color material. It is presumed that due to the formation of such a molecular confluence, the cohesive force in the solid state is further improved, the thermal motion is lowered, and the ion pair dissociation or the cation portion can be suppressed. Decomposition to improve heat resistance.

一般式(I)中之A係與N(氮原子)直接鍵結之碳原子為不具有π鍵結的a價有機基,該有機基表示至少於與N直接鍵結之末端具有飽和脂肪族烴基的脂肪族烴基、或具有該脂肪族烴基的芳香族基,碳鏈中亦可含有O(氧原子)、S(硫原子)、N(氮原子)。由於與N直接鍵結之碳原子不具有π鍵結,故陽離子性之發色部位所具有的色調或穿透率等的色特性不受到連結基A或其他發色部位的影響,可保持與單體相同的色。又,由耐熱性的觀點而言,A較佳為不具有矽氧烷鍵結,更佳為不具有Si(矽原子)。 The carbon atom directly bonded to the A system and the N (nitrogen atom) in the general formula (I) is an a-valent organic group having no π bond, and the organic group means a saturated aliphatic group at least at the end directly bonded to N. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group of the hydrocarbon group or the aromatic group having the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may further contain O (oxygen atom), S (sulfur atom), or N (nitrogen atom) in the carbon chain. Since the carbon atom directly bonded to N does not have a π bond, the color characteristics such as hue or transmittance of the cationic color-developing portion are not affected by the linking group A or other color-developing portions, and can be maintained. The same color of the monomer. Further, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, A preferably does not have a siloxane coupling, and more preferably does not have Si (germanium atom).

於A中,至少於與N直接鍵結之末端具有飽和脂肪族烴基之脂肪族烴基只要與N直接鍵結之末端之碳原子不具有π鍵,可為直鏈、分枝或環狀中之任一者,除末端以外之碳原子可具有不飽和鍵,可具有取代基,碳鏈中亦可含有O、S、N。例如可包含羰基、羧基、氧基羰基、醯胺基等,氫原子亦可進一步被取代為鹵素原子。 In A, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group at least at the terminal directly bonded to N may have a π bond as long as the carbon atom at the terminal directly bonded to N may be a straight chain, a branch or a ring. Any one of the carbon atoms other than the terminal may have an unsaturated bond and may have a substituent, and the carbon chain may further contain O, S, and N. For example, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, an oxycarbonyl group, a decylamino group or the like may be contained, and a hydrogen atom may be further substituted with a halogen atom.

又,於A中,作為上述具有脂肪族烴基之芳香族基,可舉例如具有至少於與N直接鍵結之末端具有飽和脂肪族烴基之脂肪族烴基的單環或多環芳香族基,其可具有取代基,亦可為含有O、S、N之雜環。 Further, in the above, the aromatic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group may, for example, be a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group at the terminal directly bonded to N, It may have a substituent or a hetero ring containing O, S or N.

其中,由骨架之牢固性而言,A較佳為含有環狀之脂肪族烴基或芳香族基。 Among them, from the viewpoint of the firmness of the skeleton, A preferably contains a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic group.

作為環狀之脂肪族烴基,其中,由骨架之牢固性而言,較佳為有橋脂環式烴基。所謂有橋脂環式烴基,係指於脂肪族環內具有交聯構造、具有多環構造之多環狀脂肪族烴基,可舉例如:降烷、聯環[2,2,2]辛烷、金剛烷等。有橋脂環式烴基之中,較佳為降烷。 又,作為芳香族基,可舉例如含有苯環、萘環之基,其中較佳為含有苯環之基。例如,在A為2價有機基的情況,可舉例如碳數1~20之直鏈、分枝、或環狀之伸烷基,或對伸荏基等之碳數1~20之伸烷基經2個取代的芳香族基等, 一般式(I)中之價數a,係構成陽離子之發色性陽離子部位的數,a為2以上之整數。本發明之色材中,由於陽離子之價數a為2以上,故耐熱性優越。a之上限並無特別限定,由製造容易性的觀點而言,a較佳為4以下、更佳3以下。 The cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a bridged alicyclic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of the robustness of the skeleton. The bridged alicyclic hydrocarbon group refers to a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a crosslinked structure and a polycyclic structure in an aliphatic ring, and for example, Alkane, bicyclo[2,2,2]octane, adamantane, and the like. Among the bridged alicyclic hydrocarbon groups, it is preferred to lower alkyl. Further, the aromatic group may, for example, be a group containing a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and among them, a group containing a benzene ring is preferred. For example, in the case where A is a divalent organic group, for example, a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20 or an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 20 such as a fluorene group may be mentioned. The valence number a in the general formula (I) is a number of chromogenic cation sites constituting a cation, and a is an integer of 2 or more. In the color material of the present invention, since the valence a of the cation is 2 or more, heat resistance is excellent. The upper limit of a is not particularly limited, and a is preferably 4 or less, more preferably 3 or less from the viewpoint of easiness of production.

Ri~Rv中之烷基並無特別限定。可舉例如碳數1~20之直鏈或分枝狀烷基等,其中較佳為碳數1~8之直鏈或分枝烷基,由輝度及耐熱性的觀點而言,更佳為碳數1~5之直鏈或分枝烷基。其中,Ri~Rv中之烷基特佳為乙基或甲基。作為烷基亦可具有之取代基,並無特別限定,可舉例如芳基、鹵素原子、羥基等,作為經取代之烷基,可舉例如苄基等。 The alkyl group in R i to R v is not particularly limited. For example, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may be used. Among them, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is preferred, and from the viewpoint of luminance and heat resistance, it is more preferable. A linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Among them, the alkyl group in R i to R v is particularly preferably an ethyl group or a methyl group. The substituent which the alkyl group may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an aryl group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group. Examples of the substituted alkyl group include a benzyl group.

Ri~Rv中之芳基並無特別限定。可舉例如苯基、萘基等。作為芳基亦可具有之取代基,可舉例如烷基、鹵素原子等。 The aryl group in R i to R v is not particularly limited. For example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, etc. The substituent which the aryl group may have may, for example, be an alkyl group or a halogen atom.

其中,由化學穩定性而言,作為Ri~Rv,較佳係分別獨立為氫原子、碳數1~5之烷基、苯基,或Rii與Riii、Riv與Rv鍵結而形成吡咯啶環、哌啶環、啉環。 Wherein, from the viewpoint of chemical stability, R i to R v are preferably independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or a R ii and R iii , R iv and R v bonds. Forming a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, A porphyrin ring.

Ri~Rv可分別獨立形成上述構造,其中,就色純度而言,較佳係Ri為氫原子,進而由製造及原料供給之容易度而言,更佳係Rii~Rv均相同。 R i to R v can independently form the above-mentioned structures, wherein, in terms of color purity, R i is preferably a hydrogen atom, and further, in terms of ease of manufacture and supply of raw materials, R ii to R v are more preferable. the same.

Ar1中之2價芳香族基並無特別限定。作為Ar1中之芳香族基,可設為與A之芳香族基所列舉者相同。 The divalent aromatic group in Ar 1 is not particularly limited. The aromatic group in Ar 1 can be the same as those exemplified as the aromatic group of A.

Ar1較佳為碳數6~20之芳香族基,更佳為碳數10~14之含有縮合多環式碳環之芳香族基。其中,由構造單純且原料價格低廉而言,更佳為伸苯基或伸萘基。 Ar 1 is preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aromatic group having a condensed polycyclic carbocyclic ring having 10 to 14 carbon atoms. Among them, in terms of simple structure and low raw material cost, it is more preferably a phenyl or a naphthyl group.

於1分子內存在複數個之Ri~Rv及Ar1可為相同或相異。藉由Ri~Rv及Ar1之組合,可調整為所需之色。 A plurality of R i ~R v and Ar 1 may be the same or different in one molecule. By the combination of R i ~R v and Ar 1 , it can be adjusted to the desired color.

一般式(I)所示色材中,陰離子部(Bc-)表示至少含有鎢,且亦可含有鉬的為c價之多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子。 In the color material of the general formula (I), the anion portion (B c- ) represents a c-valent polyoxometallate anion which contains at least tungsten and may also contain molybdenum.

一般式(I)所示色材中之多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子,可單獨使用上述陰離子之1種或組合使用2種以上,在組合使用2種以上的情況,由耐熱性與耐光性的觀點而言,較佳係多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子全體中之鎢與鉬的比90:10~100:0。 In the case of the polyoxometalate anion in the color material of the general formula (I), one or a combination of the above anions may be used alone or two or more of them may be used in combination, and from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance. In general, the ratio of tungsten to molybdenum in the total polyoxometallate anion is preferably 90:10 to 100:0.

一般式(I)中b為陽離子之數,d表示分子會合體中之陰離子之數,b及d表示1以上之整數。在b為2以上的情況,分子會合體中複數之陽離子可為單獨1種,亦可組合2種以上。又,在d為2以上的情況,分子會合體中複數之陰離子可為單獨1種,亦可組合2種以上,亦可將有機陰離子與無機陰離子組合使用。 In the general formula (I), b is the number of cations, d is the number of anions in the molecular confluence, and b and d are integers of 1 or more. When b is 2 or more, the plural cations in the molecular complex may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the case where d is 2 or more, the plurality of anions in the molecular combination may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The organic anion may be used in combination with an inorganic anion.

一般式(I)中之e為0或1之整數,e=0表示三芳基甲烷骨架,e=1表示骨架。複數之e可為相同或相異。亦即,可為僅複數具有三芳基甲烷骨架、或僅複數具有骨架之陽離子部,亦可為在1分子內含有三芳基甲烷骨架與骨架之雙方的陽離子部。由色純度的觀點而言,較佳係僅具有同一骨架的陰離子部。另一方面,藉由作成為含有三芳基甲烷骨架與骨架之雙方的陽離子部,一般式(I)所示色材可調整為所需色。 In the general formula (I), e is an integer of 0 or 1, and e=0 represents a triarylmethane skeleton, and e=1 represents skeleton. The plural e can be the same or different. That is, it may be a plurality of triarylmethane skeletons, or only plural The cation portion of the skeleton may also contain a triarylmethane skeleton in one molecule and a cationic portion of both sides of the skeleton. From the viewpoint of color purity, it is preferred to have only an anion portion having the same skeleton. On the other hand, by making a triaryl methane skeleton In the cation portion of both the skeletons, the color material represented by the general formula (I) can be adjusted to a desired color.

本發明中,由容易調整為所需色的觀點而言,較佳係 使用一般式(I)所示色材中之e為0、亦即下述一般式(I’)所示色材。 In the present invention, from the viewpoint of easy adjustment to a desired color, it is preferred In the color material represented by the general formula (I), e is 0, that is, a color material represented by the following general formula (I').

(一般式(I’)中之各符號,係與上述一般式(I)相同。) (The symbols in the general formula (I') are the same as the above general formula (I).)

一般式(I)所示色材之製造方法並無特別限定。例如可藉由國際公開第2012/144520號說明書記載之製造方法而製得。 The method for producing the color material represented by the general formula (I) is not particularly limited. For example, it can be produced by the manufacturing method described in the specification of International Publication No. 2012/144520.

本發明中色材可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 In the present invention, the color materials may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

本發明中色材係由提升輝度及對比的觀點而言,較佳係含有選自具有骨架之色澱色材、具有三芳基甲烷骨架之色澱色材、及具有骨架之染料的1種以上,特別適合使用選自上述一般式(I)所示色澱色材、含有上述染料之色澱色材、及此等之組合的1種以上。 In the present invention, the color material is preferably selected from the viewpoints of enhancing brightness and contrast. a color lake material of a skeleton, a lake color material having a triaryl methane skeleton, and One or more kinds of the dyes of the skeleton are particularly preferably selected from the group consisting of the above-mentioned general formula (I), and containing the above-mentioned One or more kinds of the coloring material of the dye and the combination of these.

作為本發明所使用之色材的平均一次粒徑,於作為彩色濾光片之著色層之情形時,若為可形成所需之發色者即可,並無特別限定,雖視所使用色材的種類而有不同,但較佳為10nm以上且200nm以下之範圍內,更佳為15nm以上且150nm以下之範圍內。藉由色材之平均一次粒徑為上述範圍,可將具備使用本發明之 色材分散液所製造之彩色濾光片的顯示裝置作成為高對比度、且高品質者。 The average primary particle diameter of the color material used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a coloring layer of a color filter, and the color is preferably used. The type of the material varies, but is preferably in the range of 10 nm or more and 200 nm or less, more preferably 15 nm or more and 150 nm or less. By using the average primary particle diameter of the color material to be in the above range, the invention can be used. The display device of the color filter manufactured by the color material dispersion liquid has high contrast and high quality.

本發明所使用之色材,可藉由再結晶法、溶劑鹽磨法等公知方法製造。又,亦可將市售色材進行細微化處理使用。 The color material used in the present invention can be produced by a known method such as a recrystallization method or a solvent salt milling method. Moreover, the commercially available color material can also be used for miniaturization.

[光聚合性化合物] [Photopolymerizable compound]

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物中所使用的光聚合性化合物,可由習知公知物中適當選擇,並無特別限定,通常適合使用具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵2個以上的化合物,特佳為具有丙烯醯基或甲基丙烯醯基2個以上的多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 The photopolymerizable compound to be used in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention is appropriately selected from conventionally known ones, and is not particularly limited. Usually, a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds is preferably used. It is a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate which has two or more of an acryl fluorenyl group or a methacryl fluorenyl group.

作為此種多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯,可由習知公知物中適當選擇使用。具體例可舉例如日本專利特開2013-029832號公報記載者等。 Such a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate can be appropriately selected from the conventionally known ones. Specific examples include those described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2013-029832.

此等多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上使用。又,在對本發明之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物要求優越之光硬化性(高感度)的情況,多官能單體較佳為具有可聚合之雙鍵3個(三官能)以上者,較佳為3價以上之多元醇的聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯類或此等之二羧酸改質物,具體可舉例如三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯的琥珀酸改質物、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯之琥珀酸改質物、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 These polyfunctional (meth) acrylates may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, in the case where the photosensitive coloring resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is required to have excellent photocurability (high sensitivity), the polyfunctional monomer preferably has three (three or more) functional double bonds. Preferred are poly(meth)acrylates of polyvalent alcohols having a valence of 3 or more or modified dicarboxylic acids, and specific examples thereof include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate and pentaerythritol III ( Methyl) acrylate, succinic acid modification of pentaerythritol tri(meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra(meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, A succinic acid modification of pentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, or the like.

[起始劑] [starting agent]

作為本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物所使用的起始劑,並無特別的限制,可從習知公知的各種起始劑中使用1種、或組合2種以上使用。 The initiator to be used for the photosensitive coloring resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and it may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds from various conventionally known initiators.

作為起始劑,可舉例如芳香族酮類、安息香醚類、鹵甲基二唑化合物、α-胺基酮、雙咪唑類、N,N-二甲基胺基二苯基酮、鹵甲基-S-三系化合物、硫等。作為起始劑之具體例,可舉例如二苯基酮、4,4’-雙二乙基胺基二苯基酮、4-甲氧基-4’-二甲基胺基二苯基酮等之芳香族酮類,安息香甲基醚等之安息香醚類,乙基安息香等之安息香,2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-苯基咪唑2元體等之雙咪唑類,2-三氯甲基-5-(對甲氧基苯乙烯基)-1,3,4-二唑等之鹵甲基二唑化合物,2-(4-丁氧基-萘-1-基)-4,6-雙-三氯甲基-S-三等之鹵甲基-S-三系化合物,2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲基硫基)苯基]-2-啉基丙酮、1,2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-啉基苯基)-丁酮-1,1-羥基-環己基-苯基酮、苄基、安息香安息香酸、安息香安息香酸甲酯、4-安息香-4’-甲基二苯基硫、苄基甲基縮醛、二甲基胺基苯甲酸酯、對二甲基胺基安息香酸異戊酯、2-正丁氧基乙基-4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸酯、2-氯硫、2,4-二乙基硫、2,4-二甲基硫、異丙基硫、4-苯甲醯基-甲基二苯基硫、1-羥基-環己基-苯基酮、2-苄基-2-(二甲基胺基)-1-[4-(4-啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮、2-(二甲基胺基)-2-[(4-甲基苯基)甲基]-1-[4-(4-啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮、α-二甲氧基-α-苯基苯乙酮、苯基雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)氧化膦、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲基硫基)苯基]-2-(4-啉基)-1-丙酮等。 As the initiator, for example, aromatic ketones, benzoin ethers, and halomethyl groups are mentioned. Diazole compound, α-amino ketone, biimidazole, N,N-dimethylaminodiphenyl ketone, halomethyl-S-three Compound, sulfur Wait. Specific examples of the initiator include diphenyl ketone, 4,4'-bisdiethylaminodiphenyl ketone, and 4-methoxy-4'-dimethylaminodiphenyl ketone. Such as aromatic ketones, benzoin ethers such as benzoin methyl ether, benzoin such as ethyl benzoin, and bisimidazoles such as 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-phenylimidazole 2, 2 -trichloromethyl-5-(p-methoxystyryl)-1,3,4- Halomethyl group such as oxadiazole Diazole compound, 2-(4-butoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-4,6-bis-trichloromethyl-S-three Halomethyl-S-three Compound, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2- Polinylacetone, 1,2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4- Phenylphenyl)-butanone-1,1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl ketone, benzyl, benzoin benzoic acid, benzoin benzoic acid methyl ester, 4-benzoin-4'-methyldiphenylsulfide, benzyl Methyl acetal, dimethylamino benzoate, p-dimethylamino benzoic acid isoamyl ester, 2-n-butoxyethyl-4-dimethylamino benzoate, 2 -Chlorosulfur 2,4-diethyl sulphide 2,4-dimethylsulfur Isopropyl sulfide , 4-benzylidene-methyldiphenylsulfide, 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl ketone, 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-[4-(4- Phenyl)phenyl]-1-butanone, 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-[4-(4- Phenyl)phenyl]-1-butanone, α-dimethoxy-α-phenylacetophenone, phenylbis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzylidene)phosphine oxide, 2- Methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-(4- Polinyl)-1-propanone and the like.

其中,較佳可使用2-甲基-1-[4-(甲基硫基)苯基]-2-啉基丙烷 -1-酮、2-苄基-2-(二甲基胺基)-1-(4-啉基苯基)-1-丁酮、4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯基酮、二乙基硫。由感度調整、抑制水滲染、提升顯影耐性的觀點而言,更佳係組合2-甲基-1-[4-(甲基硫基)苯基]-2-啉基丙烷-1-酮般之α-胺基苯乙酮系起始劑與二乙基硫般之硫系起始劑。 Among them, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2- can be preferably used. Lolinylpropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4- Polinylphenyl)-1-butanone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)diphenyl ketone, diethyl sulphate . It is more preferable to combine 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2- from the viewpoints of sensitivity adjustment, suppression of water bleeding, and improvement of development resistance. 啉-ylpropan-1-one-like α-aminoacetophenone-based initiator and diethylsulfide Sulphur Is the initiator.

在使用α-胺基苯乙酮系起始劑與硫系起始劑的情況,此等之合計含量係相對於感光性著色樹脂組成物之固形份總量,較佳為5質量%以上且15質量%以下。若起始劑量為15質量%以下,則製造製程中之昇華物減低,故較佳。若起始劑為5質量%以上,則提升顯影耐性。 In the use of α-aminoacetophenone-based initiator and sulfur In the case of the initiator, the total content of these is preferably 5% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less based on the total amount of the solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. If the starting dose is 15% by mass or less, the sublimate in the manufacturing process is reduced, which is preferable. When the amount of the initiator is 5% by mass or more, the development resistance is improved.

本發明中,由可確保線寬調整之邊限的觀點而言,起始劑較佳係含有肟系起始劑,更佳係含有肟酯系光起始劑。 In the present invention, the initiator is preferably an oxime-based initiator, and more preferably an oxime-based photoinitiator, from the viewpoint of ensuring the margin of the line width adjustment.

作為該肟酯系光起始劑,由減低因分解物所造成之彩色濾光片用著色樹脂組成物之污染或裝置污染的觀點而言,其中較佳為具有芳香環者,更佳為具有含芳香環之縮合環者,再更佳為具有含苯環與雜環之縮合環。 The oxime ester-based photoinitiator is preferably one having an aromatic ring or more preferably from the viewpoint of reducing contamination of the colored resin composition for a color filter or device contamination caused by the decomposition product. The condensed ring containing an aromatic ring is more preferably a condensed ring containing a benzene ring and a hetero ring.

作為肟酯系光起始劑,可舉例如日本專利特開2000-80068號公報、特開2001-233842號公報、特表2010-527339、特表2010-527338、特開2013-041153等記載之肟酯系光起始劑等。 Examples of the oxime ester-based photoinitiator include those described in JP-A-2000-80068, JP-A-2001-233842, JP-A-2010-527339, JP-A-2010-527338, JP-A-2013-041153, and the like. An oxime ester photoinitiator or the like.

作為本發明所使用之該肟酯系光起始劑,由感度高、藉由與潛伏性抗氧化劑組合以使線寬減少變小、耐溶劑性、耐顯影性優越的觀點而言,較佳係使用產生芳基自由基、尤其是產生苯基自由基的肟酯系光起始劑,更佳係使用產生烷基自由基、尤其是產生甲基自由基的肟酯系光起始劑。推定烷基自由基係較苯基自由基 更容易使自由基移動活性化。作為產生烷基自由基的肟酯系光起始劑,可舉例如1-(鄰乙醯基肟)1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-卡唑-3-基]-乙酮(商品名:Irgacure OXE-02,BASF製)、(2,4,6-三甲基苯基)[8-[[(乙醯氧基)亞胺基][2-(2,2,3,3-四氟丙氧基)苯基]甲基]-11(2-乙基己基)-11H-苯并[a]卡唑-5-基]-甲酮(商品名:Irgacure OXE-03,BASF製)、1-(鄰乙醯基肟)1-[9-乙基-6-(1,3-二氧戊環,4-(2-甲氧基苯氧基)-9H-卡唑-3-基]-乙酮(商品名ADEKA OPT-N-1919,ADEKA公司製)、鄰乙醯基肟(9-乙基-6-硝基-9H-卡唑-3-基)[4-(2-甲氧基-1-甲基乙氧基-2-甲基苯基]-甲酮(商品名ADEKA AKLS NCI-831,ADEKA公司製)、1-(鄰乙醯基肟)3-環戊基-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-卡唑-3-基]-1-丙酮(商品名TR-PBG-304,常州強力電子新材料公司製)、1-(鄰乙醯基肟)3-環戊基-1-[2-(2-嘧啶硫基)-9H-卡唑-3-基]-1-丙酮(商品名TR-PBG-314,常州強力電子新材料公司製)、1-(鄰乙醯基肟)2-環己基-1-[2-(2-嘧啶基氧基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-乙酮(商品名TR-PBG-326,常州強力電子新材料公司製)、1-(鄰乙醯基肟)2-環己基-1-[2-(2-嘧啶硫基)-9H-卡唑-3-基]-乙酮(商品名TR-PBG-331,常州強力電子新材料公司製)、1-(鄰乙醯基肟)1-[4-[3-[1-[(乙醯氧基)亞胺基]乙基]-6-[4-[(4,6-二甲基-2-嘧啶基)硫基]-2-甲基苯甲醯基]-9H-卡唑-9-基]苯基]-1-辛酮(商品名EXTA-9,UNION CHEMICAL公司製);進而作為具有二苯基硫骨架之肟酯系光起始劑,可舉例如ADEKA AKLS NCI-930(ADEKA公司製)、TR-PBG-3057(常州強力電子新材料公司製)等。 The oxime ester-based photoinitiator used in the present invention is preferably high in sensitivity and is preferably combined with a latent antioxidant to reduce the line width, to improve solvent resistance and developability. An oxime ester photoinitiator which produces an aryl radical, particularly a phenyl radical, is used, and an oxime ester photoinitiator which produces an alkyl radical, especially a methyl radical, is more preferably used. Presumed alkyl radicals It is easier to activate free radical movement. As the oxime ester-based photoinitiator which generates an alkyl radical, for example, 1-(o-ethylindenyl) 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzylidene)-9H- Carbazole-3-yl]-ethanone (trade name: Irgacure OXE-02, manufactured by BASF), (2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)[8-[[(ethyloxy)imino) [2-(2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropoxy)phenyl]methyl]-11(2-ethylhexyl)-11H-benzo[a]carbazol-5-yl]- Methyl ketone (trade name: Irgacure OXE-03, manufactured by BASF), 1-(o-ethyl fluorenyl) 1-[9-ethyl-6-(1,3-dioxolan, 4-(2-methyl) Oxyphenoxy)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-ethanone (trade name: ADEKA OPT-N-1919, manufactured by ADEKA), o-ethenyl hydrazine (9-ethyl-6-nitro- 9H-carbazol-3-yl)[4-(2-methoxy-1-methylethoxy-2-methylphenyl]-methanone (trade name: ADEKA AKLS NCI-831, manufactured by ADEKA) , 1-(o-ethenyl hydrazide) 3-cyclopentyl-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzhydryl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-1-propanone (trade name TR-PBG-304, manufactured by Changzhou Qiang Electronics New Material Co., Ltd.), 1-(o-ethylidene oxime) 3-cyclopentyl-1-[2-(2-pyrimidinylthio)-9H-carazole -3-yl]-1-propanone (trade name TR-PBG-314, manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), 1-(o-ethylidene oxime) 2-ring Hexyl-1-[2-(2-pyrimidinyloxy)-9H-indazol-3-yl]-ethanone (trade name: TR-PBG-326, manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), 1-(o Ethyl hydrazide) 2-cyclohexyl-1-[2-(2-pyrimidinylthio)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-ethanone (trade name TR-PBG-331, Changzhou Power Electronic New Material Co., Ltd.) , 1-(o-ethylidene hydrazide) 1-[4-[3-[1-[(ethyloxy)imino]ethyl]-6-[4-[(4,6-di) Methyl-2-pyrimidinyl]thio]-2-methylbenzylidene]-9H-carbazol-9-yl]phenyl]-1-octanone (trade name EXTA-9, manufactured by UNION CHEMICAL) Further, as the oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenylsulfide skeleton, for example, ADEKA AKLS NCI-930 (made by Adeka Co., Ltd.), TR-PBG-3057 (made by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), etc. are mentioned.

又,作為產生苯基自由基的起始劑,具體例可舉例如Irgacure OXE-01(BASF製)。 Further, as a starting agent for generating a phenyl radical, a specific example thereof is Irgacure OXE-01 (manufactured by BASF).

作為該肟酯系光起始劑,由相較於具有咔唑骨架之情況更可提升輝度的觀點而言,較佳係使用具有二苯基硫骨架之肟酯系光起始劑。 As the oxime ester photoinitiator, an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenylsulfide skeleton is preferably used from the viewpoint of enhancing the luminance compared to the case of having a carbazole skeleton.

又,由提升感度的觀點而言,較佳係含有至少2種肟系起始劑。又,由提升顯影耐性、提高水滲染發生抑制效果的觀點而言,較佳係含有至少2種肟系起始劑。若含有至少2種肟系起始劑,推測由於各個起始劑所吸收之波長相異,故在各個吸收波長下皆可有效地使用曝光時之光所致。 Further, from the viewpoint of enhancing sensitivity, it is preferred to contain at least two kinds of lanthanide initiators. Further, from the viewpoint of improving development resistance and improving the effect of suppressing water bleeding, it is preferred to contain at least two kinds of lanthanide initiators. If at least two kinds of lanthanide initiators are contained, it is presumed that the wavelengths absorbed by the respective initiators are different, so that light at the time of exposure can be effectively used at each absorption wavelength.

尚且,所謂水滲染,係指在使用提高鹼顯影性之成分時,於鹼顯影後、以純水沖洗後,發生如水滲染般之痕跡的現象。此種水滲染由於在後烘烤後消失,故作為製品並無問題,但在顯影後圖案面的外觀檢查時,將被檢測出為不均異常,產生無法區別正常品與異常品的問題。因此,若於外觀檢查時降低檢查裝置之檢查感度,結果將引起最終之彩色濾光片製造的產率降低,成為問題。 In addition, the term "water permeation" refers to a phenomenon in which, as a component for improving alkali developability, a trace such as water permeation occurs after rinsing with pure water after alkali development. Since such water permeation disappears after post-baking, there is no problem as a product. However, when the appearance of the pattern surface is examined after development, an abnormality is detected, and the problem that the normal product and the abnormal product cannot be distinguished is generated. . Therefore, if the inspection sensitivity of the inspection apparatus is lowered during the visual inspection, the result is that the yield of the final color filter manufacturing is lowered, which is a problem.

又,於肟酯系光起始劑中,由感度提升的觀點而言,較佳係組合使用具有3級胺構造的光起始劑。其理由在於具有3級胺構造之光起始劑,由於於分子內具有屬於氧淬滅體的3級胺構造,故由起始劑所產生之自由基不易因氧而失活,可提升感度所致。作為上述具有3級胺構造的光起始劑的市售物,可舉例如2-甲基-1-(4-甲基硫基苯基)-2-啉基丙烷-1-酮(例如Irgacure 907、BASF公司製)、2-苄基-2-(二甲基胺基)-1-(4-啉基苯基)-1-丁酮(例如Irgacure 369,BASF公司製)、4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯基酮(例如Hicure ABP,川口藥品製)等。 Further, in the oxime ester photoinitiator, it is preferred to use a photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure in combination from the viewpoint of sensitivity improvement. The reason for this is that a photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure has a tertiary amine structure belonging to an oxygen quencher in the molecule, so that the radical generated by the initiator is not easily deactivated by oxygen, and the sensitivity can be improved. Caused. As a commercially available product of the above-mentioned photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure, for example, 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2- Lolinylpropan-1-one (for example, Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Corporation), 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4- Polinylphenyl)-1-butanone (for example, Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF Corporation), 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)diphenyl ketone (for example, Hicure ABP, manufactured by Kawaguchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.), and the like.

又,由容易調節感度的觀點而言,較佳係對肟酯系光 起始劑組合α-胺基烴基苯酮系起始劑,其中較佳為組合烷基自由基系肟酯化合物、與α-胺基烴基苯酮系起始劑。 Further, from the viewpoint of easy adjustment of sensitivity, it is preferred to fluorenyl ester light. The initiator is a combination of an α-aminoalkylbenzophenone-based initiator, and preferably an alkyl radical oxime ester compound and an α-aminoalkylbenzophenone-based initiator are combined.

[溶劑] [solvent]

作為本發明所使用的溶劑,若為不與感光性著色樹脂組成物中之各成分反應、且可使此等溶解或分散的有機溶劑即可,並無特別限定。溶劑可單獨或組合2種以上使用。 The solvent to be used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent which does not react with each component in the photosensitive colored resin composition and can be dissolved or dispersed. The solvent may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

作為溶劑之具體例,可舉例如甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇、甲氧基醇、乙氧基醇等之醇系溶劑;甲氧基乙氧基乙醇、乙氧基乙氧基乙醇等之卡必醇系溶劑;醋酸乙酯、醋酸丁酯、甲氧基丙酸甲酯、甲氧基丙酸乙酯、乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乳酸乙酯、羥基丙酸甲酯、羥基丙酸乙酯、正丁基乙酸酯、異丁基乙酸酯、酪酸異丁酯、酪酸正丁酯、乳酸乙酯、環己醇乙酸酯等之酯系溶劑;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮、2-庚酮等之酮系溶劑;甲氧基乙基乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、3-甲氧基-3-甲基-1-丁基乙酸酯、3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、乙氧基乙基乙酸酯等之二醇醚乙酸酯系溶劑;甲氧基乙氧基乙基乙酸酯、乙氧基乙氧基乙基乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯(BCA)等之卡必醇乙酸酯系溶劑;丙二醇二乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯等之二乙酸酯類;乙二醇單甲基醚、乙二醇單乙基醚、乙二醇二甲基醚、二乙二醇二甲基醚、二乙二醇單乙基醚、二乙二醇二乙基醚、丙二醇單甲基醚、二丙二醇二甲基醚等之二醇醚系溶劑;N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等之非質子性醯胺溶劑;γ-丁內酯等之內酯系溶劑;四氫呋喃等之環狀醚系溶劑;苯、甲苯、二甲苯、萘等之不飽和烴系溶劑;N- 庚烷、N-己烷、N-辛烷等之飽和烴系溶劑;甲苯、二甲苯等之芳香族烴類等之有機溶劑。此等溶劑中,二醇醚乙酸酯系溶劑、卡必醇乙酸酯系溶劑、二醇醚系溶劑、酯系溶劑係由其他成分之溶解性之觀點而言較適合使用。其中,作為本發明所使用之溶劑,由其他成分之溶解性或塗佈適性的觀點而言,較佳為由丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲基醚、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯(BCA)、3-甲氧基-3-甲基-1-丁基乙酸酯、乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乳酸乙酯及3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯所構成群選擇之1種以上。 Specific examples of the solvent include alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, methoxy alcohol, and ethoxylated alcohol; methoxyethoxyethanol and ethoxyethoxy group; A carbitol solvent such as ethanol; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate , esters of ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, ethyl lactate, cyclohexanol acetate, etc.; acetone, A a ketone solvent such as ketoethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone or 2-heptanone; methoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy- a glycol ether acetate solvent such as 3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate or ethoxyethyl acetate; methoxyethoxy B Carbitol acetate solvent such as acetoxyacetate, ethoxyethoxyethyl acetate, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA); propylene glycol diacetate, 1,3-butyl Diacetate such as diol diacetate; ethylene glycol single Ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl a glycol ether solvent such as ether or dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether; aproticity such as N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide or N-methylpyrrolidone a solvent such as a lactone solvent; a lactone solvent such as γ-butyrolactone; a cyclic ether solvent such as tetrahydrofuran; an unsaturated hydrocarbon solvent such as benzene, toluene, xylene or naphthalene; A saturated hydrocarbon solvent such as heptane, N-hexane or N-octane; or an organic solvent such as an aromatic hydrocarbon such as toluene or xylene. Among these solvents, the glycol ether acetate solvent, the carbitol acetate solvent, the glycol ether solvent, and the ester solvent are preferably used from the viewpoint of solubility of other components. Among them, the solvent used in the present invention is preferably propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether or butyl carbitol from the viewpoint of solubility or coating suitability of other components. Group consisting of ester (BCA), 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate and 3-methoxybutyl acetate Choose one or more of them.

本發明中,由其他成分之溶解性與塗佈適性的觀點而言,其中,較佳為含有丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯,更佳為使用含有選自二乙二醇乙基甲基醚、丙二醇單甲基醚、3-甲氧基-3-甲基-1-丁醇、3-甲氧基-3-甲基-1-丁基乙酸酯及丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯之1種以上的混合溶劑。該混合溶劑中,丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯之含有比例係相對於溶劑總量,較佳為70質量%以上且99質量%以下,更佳80質量%以上且99質量%以下。 In the present invention, from the viewpoints of solubility of other components and coating suitability, among them, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate is preferably contained, and more preferably contains diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether. , propylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butanol, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate One or more mixed solvents. In the mixed solvent, the content ratio of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate is preferably 70% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less, and more preferably 80% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less based on the total amount of the solvent.

[分散劑] [Dispersant]

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物中,上述色材較佳係藉由分散劑分散於溶劑中而使用。本發明中,分散劑可由習知公知之分散劑之中適當選擇使用。又,分散劑可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。作為分散劑,可使用例如陽離子系、陰離子系、非離子系、兩性、聚矽氧系、氟系等界面活性劑。界面活性劑之中,由可均勻地、微細地分散的觀點而言,較佳為高分子分散劑。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, the color material is preferably used by being dispersed in a solvent in a dispersing agent. In the present invention, the dispersing agent can be appropriately selected from among the well-known dispersing agents. Further, the dispersing agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As the dispersing agent, for example, a surfactant such as a cationic system, an anionic system, a nonionic system, an amphoteric, a polyfluorene-based or a fluorine-based surfactant can be used. Among the surfactants, a polymer dispersant is preferred from the viewpoint of being uniformly and finely dispersed.

作為高分子分散劑,可舉例如聚丙烯酸酯等不飽和羧 酸酯之(共)聚合體類;聚丙烯酸等不飽和羧酸之(共)聚合體之(部分)胺鹽、(部分)銨鹽或(部分)烷基胺鹽類;含羥基之聚丙烯酸酯等含羥基之不飽和羧酸酯之(共)聚合體或該等之改質物;聚胺基甲酸酯類;不飽和聚醯胺類;聚矽氧烷類;長鏈聚胺基醯胺磷酸鹽類;聚伸乙基亞胺衍生物(藉由聚(低級伸烷基亞胺)與含游離羧基之聚酯之反應所獲得之醯胺或該等之鹼);聚烯丙基胺衍生物(使聚烯丙基胺、與選自具有游離羧基之聚酯、聚醯胺或酯與醯胺之共縮合物(聚酯醯胺)3種化合物中之1種以上之化合物反應所獲得之反應生成物)等。 Examples of the polymer dispersant include unsaturated carboxylic acids such as polyacrylate. a (co)polymer of an acid ester; a (partial) amine salt, a (partial) ammonium salt or a (partial) alkylamine salt of a (co)polymer of an unsaturated carboxylic acid such as polyacrylic acid; a hydroxyl group-containing polyacrylic acid; a (co)polymer of a hydroxyl group-containing unsaturated carboxylic acid ester such as an ester or a modified substance thereof; a polyurethane; an unsaturated polyamine; a polyoxyalkylene; a long-chain polyamine amide Phosphate; polyethylenimine derivative (anthracene or a base obtained by the reaction of poly(lower alkylene imine) with a polyester containing a free carboxyl group); polyallylamine a derivative (reacting a polyallylamine, a compound selected from a compound selected from the group consisting of a polyester having a free carboxyl group, a polycondensate or a copolycondensate of a polyester and a decylamine (polyester decylamine); The obtained reaction product) and the like.

作為高分子分散劑,其中,由可較佳地分散上述色材、分散穩定性良好的觀點而言,較佳係於主鏈或側鏈含有氮原子、具有胺價之高分子分散劑;其中,由分散性良好且塗膜形成時不析出異物、提升輝度及對比的觀點而言,較佳係由含有具3級胺之重複單位的聚合體所構成的高分子分散劑。 The polymer dispersant is preferably a polymer dispersant having a nitrogen atom and having an amine valence in a main chain or a side chain, from the viewpoint of preferably dispersing the color material and having good dispersion stability. From the viewpoint of good dispersibility, no precipitation of foreign matter, formation of a coating film, and improvement of luminance and contrast, a polymer dispersant comprising a polymer having a repeating unit of a tertiary amine is preferred.

具有3級胺之重複單位,係與上述色材具有親和性之部位。含有具3級胺之重複單位的聚合體,通常含有成為與溶劑具有親和性之部位的重複單位。作為含有具3級胺之重複單位的聚合體,其中,由耐熱性優越、可形成高輝度之塗膜的觀點而言,較佳為具有由具3級胺之重複單位所構成的嵌段部、與具有溶劑親和性之嵌段部的嵌段共聚合體。 A repeating unit having a 3-stage amine, which is a moiety having affinity with the above-mentioned color material. A polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine usually contains a repeating unit which is a site having affinity with a solvent. As a polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine, it is preferable to have a block portion composed of repeating units having a tertiary amine from the viewpoint of excellent heat resistance and a high-thickness coating film. A block copolymer with a block having solvent affinity.

具有3級胺之重複單位若具有3級胺即可,該3級胺可含於嵌段聚合物之側鏈中,亦可為構成主鏈者。 The repeating unit having a tertiary amine may have a tertiary amine, and the tertiary amine may be contained in a side chain of the block polymer or may constitute a main chain.

其中,較佳為於側鏈具有3級胺之重複單位,其中,由主鏈骨架不易熱分解、耐熱性高的觀點而言,更佳為含有下述一般式(2) 所示重複單位(a)。 In particular, it is preferable to have a repeating unit of a tertiary amine in a side chain, and it is more preferable to contain the following general formula (2) from the viewpoint that the main chain skeleton is not easily thermally decomposed and has high heat resistance. Repeat unit (a) shown.

(一般式(2)中,R41表示氫原子或甲基,L表示2價連結基,R42表示碳數1~8之伸烷基、-[CH(R45)-CH(R46)-O]x-CH(R45)-CH(R46)-或-[(CH2)y-O]z-(CH2)y-所示之2價有機基,R43及R44分別獨立表示亦可經取代之鏈狀或環狀之烴基,或R43及R44彼此鍵結形成環狀構造;R45及R46分別獨立為氫原子或甲基。 (In the general formula (2), R 41 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L represents a divalent linking group, R 42 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, -[CH(R 45 )-CH(R 46 ) -O] x -CH(R 45 )-CH(R 46 )- or -[(CH 2 ) y -O] z -(CH 2 ) y - the divalent organic group, R 43 and R 44 respectively Independently, it may represent a substituted chain or cyclic hydrocarbon group, or R 43 and R 44 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure; and R 45 and R 46 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

x表示1~18之整數,y表示1~5之整數,z表示1~18之整數。) x represents an integer from 1 to 18, y represents an integer from 1 to 5, and z represents an integer from 1 to 18. )

作為上述一般式(2)之2價連結基,可舉例如碳數1~10之伸烷基、伸芳基、-CONH-基、-COO-基、碳數1~10之醚基(-R’-OR”-:R’及R”分別獨立為伸烷基)及此等之組合等。其中,由所得聚合物之耐熱性或對適合使用作為溶劑之丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)的溶解性、或較廉價之材料方面而言,L較佳為-COO-基或-CONH-基。 The divalent linking group of the above general formula (2) may, for example, be an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an extended aryl group, a -CONH- group, a -COO- group or an ether group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (- R'-OR"-: R' and R" are each independently an alkylene group) and combinations thereof. Among them, L is preferably -COO-based or - in terms of heat resistance of the obtained polymer or solubility in the use of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) as a solvent, or a relatively inexpensive material. CONH-based.

上述一般式(2)之2價有機基R42,為碳數1~8之伸烷基、-[CH(R45)-CH(R46)-O]x-CH(R45)-CH(R46)-或-[(CH2)y-O]z-(CH2)y-。上述碳數1~8之伸烷基可為直鏈狀或分枝狀之任一者。 The divalent organic group R 42 of the above general formula (2) is an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, -[CH(R 45 )-CH(R 46 )-O] x -CH(R 45 )-CH (R 46 )- or -[(CH 2 ) y -O] z -(CH 2 ) y -. The above alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may be either linear or branched.

R45及R46分別獨立為氫原子或甲基。 R 45 and R 46 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

作為上述R42,由分散性的觀點而言,較佳為碳數1~8之伸烷基,其中,R42較佳為亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基,更佳為亞甲基及伸乙基。 The above R 42 is preferably a C 1-8 alkylene group from the viewpoint of dispersibility, wherein R 42 is preferably a methylene group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, or the like. It is preferably a methylene group and an ethyl group.

作為上述一般式(2)之R43、R44彼此鍵結形成之環狀構造,可舉例如5~7元環之含氮雜環單環或以此等2個縮合而成之縮合環。該含氮雜環較佳係不具有芳香性者,若為飽和環則更佳。 The cyclic structure in which R 43 and R 44 in the above general formula (2) are bonded to each other may, for example, be a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic monocyclic ring having a 5- to 7-membered ring or a condensed ring obtained by condensing the two. The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is preferably one which does not have aromaticity, and more preferably a saturated ring.

作為上述一般式(2)所示之重複單位,可舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸二甲基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二甲基胺基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二乙基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二乙基胺基丙酯等之含有烷基取代胺基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯等,二甲基胺基乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、二甲基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺等之含有烷基取代胺基的(甲基)丙烯醯胺等。其中,由分散性及分散穩定性提升的觀點而言,較佳可使用(甲基)丙烯酸二甲基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二乙基胺基乙酯、二甲基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺。 The repeating unit represented by the above general formula (2) may, for example, be dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate or diethyl (meth)acrylate. (meth) acrylate containing an alkyl-substituted amine group, such as an aminoethyl ester or diethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylamide, and A (meth)acrylamide or the like containing an alkyl-substituted amine group such as methylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide. Among them, from the viewpoint of improvement in dispersibility and dispersion stability, dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, and dimethylamino group are preferably used. Propyl (meth) acrylamide.

上述由具有3級胺之重複單位所構成的嵌段部中,一般式(2)所示之構成單位較佳為含有3個以上。其中,由提升分散性、分散穩定性的觀點而言,較佳含有3~100個、更佳含有3~50個、再更佳含有3~30個。 In the block portion composed of the repeating unit having a tertiary amine, the constituent unit represented by the general formula (2) preferably contains three or more. Among them, from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability, it is preferably 3 to 100, more preferably 3 to 50, and still more preferably 3 to 30.

上述具有由具3級胺之重複單位所構成之嵌段部(以下有時記載為A嵌段)與具有溶劑親和性之嵌段部(以下有時記載為B嵌段)的嵌段共聚合體中,作為具有溶劑親和性之嵌段部,係由使溶劑親和性良好、提升分散性的觀點而言,係具有:不具有上述一般式(2)所示構成單位,且具有可與上述一般式(2)共聚合之構成單 位的溶劑親和性嵌段部。本發明中,嵌段共聚合體之各嵌段的配置並無特別限定,可設為例如AB嵌段共聚合體、ABA嵌段共聚合體、BAB嵌段共聚合體等。其中,由分散性優越的觀點而言,較佳為AB嵌段共聚合體、或ABA嵌段共聚合體。 The block copolymer having a block portion (hereinafter referred to as A block) composed of a repeating unit having a tertiary amine and a block portion having a solvent affinity (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a B block) In the above, the block portion having the solvent affinity is not limited to the above-described general formula (2), and has the above-mentioned general point of view, from the viewpoint of improving solvent affinity and improving dispersibility. Formula (2) copolymerization A solvent affinity block at the position. In the present invention, the arrangement of the respective blocks of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an AB block copolymer, an ABA block copolymer, and a BAB block copolymer. Among them, from the viewpoint of superior dispersibility, an AB block copolymer or an ABA block copolymer is preferred.

作為可與上述一般式(2)共聚合之構成單位,由提升色材之分散性及分散穩定性、且耐熱性亦提升的觀點而言,較佳為下述一般式(8)所示之構成單位。 The constituent unit which can be copolymerized with the above general formula (2) is preferably a general formula (8) as shown in the following general formula (8) from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the color material and improving heat resistance. Constitute unit.

(一般式(8)中,R47表示氫原子或甲基,A表示直接鍵結或2價連結基,R48表示碳數1~18之烷基、碳數2~18之烯基、芳烷基、芳基、-[CH(R49)-CH(R50)-O]x-R51-或-[(CH2)y-O]z-R51所示之1價基。R49及R50分別獨立為氫原子或甲基,R51為氫原子、或碳數1~18之烷基、碳數2~18之烯基、芳烷基、芳基、-CHO、-CH2CHO或-CH2COOR52所示之1價基,R52為氫原子或碳數1~5之直鏈狀、分枝狀、或環狀之烷基。X表示1~18之整數、y表示1~5之整數、z表示1~18之整數。 (In the general formula (8), R 47 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group, and R 48 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and an aromatic group. Alkyl, aryl, -[CH(R 49 )-CH(R 50 )-O] x -R 51 - or -[(CH 2 ) y -O] z -R 51 represents a monovalent group. R 49 and R 50 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 51 is a hydrogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, -CHO, -CH 2 CHO or a monovalent group represented by -CH 2 COOR 52 , and R 52 is a hydrogen atom or a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. X represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer from 1 to 5, and z represents an integer from 1 to 18.

作為上述一般式(8)之2價連結基A,可舉例如與上述一般式(2)中之L相同者,由所得聚合物之耐熱性或對適合使用作為溶劑之丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)的溶解性、或較廉價之材料方面而言,A較佳為-COO-基。 The divalent linking group A of the above general formula (8) may, for example, be the same as L in the above general formula (2), and may have heat resistance of the obtained polymer or propylene glycol monomethyl ether B as a solvent. A is preferably a -COO- group in terms of solubility of the acid ester (PGMEA) or a relatively inexpensive material.

R48中,上述碳數1~18之烷基可為直鏈狀、分枝狀、環狀之任一者。 In R 48 , the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain, and a cyclic group.

上述碳數2~18之烯基,可為直鏈狀、分枝狀、環狀之任一者。 The alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain, and a cyclic chain.

其中,由分散性、基板密黏性的觀點而言,R48較佳為甲基、各種丁基、各種己基、苄基、環己基、羥乙基。 Among them, R 48 is preferably a methyl group, various butyl groups, various hexyl groups, benzyl groups, cyclohexyl groups, or hydroxyethyl groups from the viewpoint of dispersibility and substrate adhesion.

作為亦可具有取代基之芳基,可舉例如苯基、聯苯基、萘基、甲苯基、二甲苯基等。芳基之碳數較佳為6~24、更佳6~12。 Examples of the aryl group which may have a substituent include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, and a xylyl group. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 24, more preferably from 6 to 12.

作為亦可具有取代基之芳烷基,可舉例如苄基、苯乙基、萘甲基、聯苯基甲基等。芳烷基之碳數較佳為7~20、更佳7~14。 Examples of the aralkyl group which may have a substituent include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group, and the like. The carbon number of the aralkyl group is preferably from 7 to 20, more preferably from 7 to 14.

作為芳基或芳烷基等之芳香環的取代基,除了碳數1~4之直鏈狀、分枝狀之烷基之外,可舉例如烯基、硝基、鹵原子等。 The substituent of the aromatic ring such as an aryl group or an aralkyl group may, for example, be an alkyl group, a nitro group or a halogen atom, in addition to a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

又,上述R51為氫原子或亦可具有取代基之碳數1~18之烷基、碳數2~18之烯基、芳烷基、芳基、-CHO、-CH2CHO或-CH2COOR52所示之1價基,R52為氫原子或碳數1~5之直鏈狀、分枝狀或環狀之烷基。 Further, the above R 51 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, -CHO, -CH 2 CHO or -CH 2 A monovalent group represented by COOR 52 , and R 52 is a hydrogen atom or a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.

上述R51所示之1價基中,作為亦可具有之取代基,可舉例如碳數1~4之直鏈狀、分枝狀或環狀之烷基,F、Cl、Br等之鹵原子等。 The monovalent group represented by the above R 51 may, for example, be a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a halogen such as F, Cl or Br. Atoms, etc.

上述R51中之碳數1~18之烷基、及碳數2~18之烯基、芳烷基、芳基,係如上述R48所示。 The alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms and the alkenyl group, aralkyl group and aryl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms in the above R 51 are as shown in the above R 48 .

上述R48中,x、y及z係與上述一般式(2)中之R42相同。 In the above R 48 , x, y and z are the same as R 42 in the above general formula (2).

構成溶劑親和性之嵌段部的構成單位的數量,可於提升色材分散性之範圍適當調整。其中,由溶劑親和性部位與色材親 和性部位有效地作用、提升色材之分散性的觀點而言,構成溶劑親和性之嵌段部的構成單位的數量較佳為10以上且200以下、更佳10以上且100以下、再更佳10以上且70以下。 The number of constituent units of the block portion constituting the solvent affinity can be appropriately adjusted in the range of improving the dispersibility of the color material. Among them, the solvent affinity part and the color material pro The number of constituent units of the block portion constituting the solvent affinity is preferably 10 or more and 200 or less, more preferably 10 or more and 100 or less, from the viewpoint of effectively acting on the functional portion and improving the dispersibility of the color material. It is preferably 10 or more and 70 or less.

溶劑親和性之嵌段部若選擇可發揮作為溶劑親和性部位之機能即可,構成溶劑親和性之嵌段部的重複單位可由1種所構成,亦可含有2種以上之重複單位。 The block portion of the solvent affinity may be a function of a solvent affinity portion, and the repeating unit of the block portion constituting the solvent affinity may be composed of one type or two or more types of repeat units.

使用為本發明之分散劑的嵌段共聚合體中,一般式(2)所示構成單位之單元數m、與構成溶劑親和性之嵌段部的其他構成單位之單元數n的比率m/n,較佳為0.01以上且1以下之範圍內,由色材之分散性、分散穩定性的觀點而言,更佳為0.05以上且0.7以下的範圍內。 In the block copolymer of the present invention, the ratio m/n of the unit number m of the constituent unit represented by the general formula (2) and the unit number n of other constituent units of the block portion constituting the solvent affinity is m/n. In the range of preferably 0.01 or more and 1 or less, from the viewpoint of dispersibility of the color material and dispersion stability, it is more preferably in the range of 0.05 or more and 0.7 or less.

又,其中,本發明中分散劑係由分散性良好且塗膜形成時不析出異物、提升輝度及對比的觀點而言,較佳係含有上述一般式(2)所示構成且胺價為40mgKOH/g以上且120mgKOH/g以下。 In addition, in the present invention, the dispersant is preferably composed of the above general formula (2) and has an amine value of 40 mgKOH from the viewpoint of good dispersibility, no precipitation of foreign matter during coating film formation, and improvement in brightness and contrast. /g or more and 120 mgKOH/g or less.

藉由胺價為上述範圍內,黏度之經時穩定性或耐熱性優越,同時鹼顯影性、溶劑再溶解性亦優越。本發明中,分散劑之胺價係由分散性及分散穩定性方面而言,其中胺價較佳為80mgKOH/g以上、更佳90mgKOH/g以上。另一方面,由溶劑再溶解性方面而言,分散劑之胺價較佳為110mgKOH/g以下、更佳105mgKOH/g以下。 When the amine value is in the above range, the viscosity stability or heat resistance is excellent, and alkali developability and solvent resolubility are also excellent. In the present invention, the amine valence of the dispersing agent is preferably from 80 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 90 mgKOH/g or more, in terms of dispersibility and dispersion stability. On the other hand, in terms of solvent resolubility, the amine value of the dispersing agent is preferably 110 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 105 mgKOH/g or less.

胺價係指與用於將試料1g中所含胺成分中和所需的過氯酸等量之氫氧化鉀的mg數,可藉由JIS-K7237:1995定義的方法進行測定。在藉該方法測定時,即使是與分散劑中之有機酸化合物形成鹽的胺基,通常由於該有機酸化合物發生解離,故可測定使用為分散劑之嵌段共聚合體本身的胺價。 The amine value is the number of mg of potassium hydroxide equivalent to the amount of perchloric acid required for neutralizing the amine component contained in 1 g of the sample, and can be measured by a method defined in JIS-K7237:1995. In the measurement by this method, even if the amine group which forms a salt with the organic acid compound in the dispersing agent is usually dissociated from the organic acid compound, the amine valence of the block copolymer itself used as the dispersing agent can be measured.

本發明所使用之分散劑的酸價,係由顯影殘渣之抑制效果方面而言,下限較佳為1mgKOH/g以上。其中,由顯影殘渣之抑制效果更加優越的方面而言,分散劑之酸價更佳為2mgKOH/g以上。又,本發明所使用之分散劑的酸價,係由可防止顯影密黏性之惡化或溶劑再溶解性之惡化的觀點而言,分散劑之酸價上限較佳為18mgKOH/g以下。其中,由顯影密黏性及溶劑再溶解性良好的觀點而言,分散劑之酸價較佳為16mgKOH/g以下、更佳14mgKOH/g以下、特佳12mgKOH/g以下。 The acid value of the dispersing agent used in the present invention is preferably 1 mgKOH/g or more in terms of the effect of suppressing the development residue. Among them, the acid value of the dispersant is more preferably 2 mgKOH/g or more from the viewpoint that the effect of suppressing the development residue is further superior. Moreover, the acid value of the dispersing agent used in the present invention is preferably 18 mg KOH/g or less from the viewpoint of preventing deterioration of development adhesiveness or deterioration of solvent resolubility. In particular, the acid value of the dispersing agent is preferably 16 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 14 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 12 mgKOH/g or less from the viewpoint of good development adhesiveness and solvent resolubility.

本發明所使用之分散劑中,鹽形成前之嵌段共聚合體之酸價較佳為1mgKOH/g以上、更佳2mgKOH/g以上。此係由於可提升顯影殘渣之抑制效果所致。又,作為鹽形成前之嵌段共聚合體之酸價上限,較佳為18mgKOH/g以下、更佳16mgKOH/g以下、再更佳14mgKOH/g以下、特佳12mgKOH/g以下。此係由於顯影密黏性、及溶劑再溶解性良好。 In the dispersant used in the present invention, the acid value of the block copolymer before salt formation is preferably 1 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 2 mgKOH/g or more. This is due to the effect of suppressing the development residue. Further, the upper limit of the acid value of the block copolymer before salt formation is preferably 18 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 16 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 14 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 12 mgKOH/g or less. This is because the development adhesiveness and the solvent resolubility are good.

若提高色材濃度、增加分散劑含量,由於黏結劑量相對減少,故著色樹脂層於顯影時容易由基底基板剝離。藉由分散劑含有包含來自具羧基單體之構成單位的B嵌段、並具有上述特定酸價及玻璃轉移溫度,則顯影密黏性提升。若酸價過高,雖然顯影性優越,但推定極性過高時反而於顯影時容易發生剝離。 When the concentration of the color material is increased and the content of the dispersant is increased, since the amount of bonding is relatively reduced, the colored resin layer is easily peeled off from the base substrate during development. When the dispersant contains a B block containing a constituent unit derived from a carboxyl group-containing monomer and has the above specific acid value and glass transition temperature, the development adhesiveness is improved. If the acid value is too high, the developability is excellent, but when the polarity is too high, peeling tends to occur at the time of development.

藉由以上,本發明中由色材分散穩定性優越並提升對比,作為著色樹脂組成物時抑制顯影殘渣產生,且溶劑再溶解性優越,進而具有高顯影密黏性的觀點而言,上述分散劑較佳係含有上述一般式(2)所示構造、胺價為40mgKOH/g以上且120mgKOH/g以下的聚合體,且酸價為1mgKOH/g以上且18mgKOH/g以下,玻璃 轉移溫度為30℃以上。 According to the above, in the present invention, the dispersing stability of the color material is superior and the contrast is improved, and the dispersing property is suppressed as a colored resin composition, and the solvent resolubility is excellent, and further, the above-mentioned dispersion is obtained from the viewpoint of high developing adhesiveness. The agent preferably contains a polymer having a structure of the above formula (2) and an amine value of 40 mgKOH/g or more and 120 mgKOH/g or less, and the acid value is 1 mgKOH/g or more and 18 mgKOH/g or less. The transfer temperature is above 30 °C.

作為上述含羧基單體,可使用可與具有一般式(2)所示構成單位之單體共聚合、並含有不飽和雙鍵與羧基的單體。作為此種單體,可舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸、乙烯基苯甲酸、順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二酸單烷基酯、反丁烯二酸、衣康酸、丁烯酸、桂皮酸、丙烯酸二聚物等。又,亦可利用(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯等具有羥基之單體與順丁烯二酸酐或酞酸酐、環己烷二羧酸酐般之環狀酐的加成反應物、ω-羧基-聚己內酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。又,作為羧基之前驅物,亦可使用順丁烯二酸酐、衣康酸酐、檸康酸酐等之含酸酐基單體。其中,由共聚合性或成本、溶解性、玻璃轉移溫度等方面而言,特佳為(甲基)丙烯酸。 As the carboxyl group-containing monomer, a monomer copolymerizable with a monomer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (2) and containing an unsaturated double bond and a carboxyl group can be used. Examples of such a monomer include (meth)acrylic acid, vinylbenzoic acid, maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, and the like. Cinnamic acid, acrylic acid dimer, and the like. Further, an addition reactant of a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride or decanoic anhydride or cyclohexane dicarboxylic anhydride, or ω- may be used. Carboxy-polycaprolactone mono(meth)acrylate and the like. Further, as the carboxyl group precursor, an acid anhydride group-containing monomer such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride or citraconic anhydride may be used. Among them, (meth)acrylic acid is particularly preferred from the viewpoints of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature and the like.

於鹽形成前之嵌段共聚合體中,來自含羧基單體之構成單位的含有比例,若適當設定為使嵌段共聚合體之酸價成為上述特定酸價之範圍內即可,並無特別限定,相對於嵌段共聚合體之總構成單位之合計質量,較佳為0.05質量%以上且4.5質量%以下、更佳0.07質量%以上且3.7質量%以下。 In the block copolymer before salt formation, the content ratio of the constituent unit derived from the carboxyl group-containing monomer is not particularly limited as long as the acid value of the block copolymer is within the range of the specific acid value. The total mass of the total constituent units of the block copolymer is preferably 0.05% by mass or more and 4.5% by mass or less, more preferably 0.07% by mass or more and 3.7% by mass or less.

藉由使來自含羧基單體之構成單位的含有比例為上述下限值以上,則表現顯影殘渣之抑制效果;藉由為上述上限值以下,則可防止顯影密黏性之惡化或溶劑再溶解性的惡化。 When the content ratio of the constituent unit derived from the carboxyl group-containing monomer is at least the above lower limit value, the effect of suppressing the development residue is exhibited, and when it is at most the above upper limit value, deterioration of development adhesiveness or solvent re-protection can be prevented. Deterioration of solubility.

尚且,來自含羧基單體之構成單位若成為上述特定酸價即可,可含有1種,亦可含有2種以上之構成單位。 In addition, the constituent unit derived from the carboxyl group-containing monomer may be one type of the specific acid value, and may contain two or more types of constituent units.

上述嵌段共聚合體中,上述A嵌段之構成單位之單元數m、與上述B嵌段之構成單位之單元數N的比率m/n,較佳為0.05以上且1.5以下的範圍內,由色材之分散性、分散穩定性的觀 點而言,更佳係0.1以上且1.0以下之範圍內。 In the block copolymer, the ratio m/n of the unit number m of the constituent units of the A block and the number N of the constituent units of the B block is preferably 0.05 or more and 1.5 or less. The concept of dispersibility and dispersion stability of color materials In terms of points, it is more preferably in the range of 0.1 or more and 1.0 or less.

上述嵌段共聚合體之重量平均分子量Mw並無特別限定,由使色材分散性及分散穩定性良好的觀點而言,較佳為1000以上且20000以下,更佳2000以上且15000以下,又更佳3000以上且12000以下。 The weight average molecular weight Mw of the above-mentioned block copolymer is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1,000 or more and 20,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or more and 15,000 or less, and more preferably from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability of the color material. Good 3000 or more and 12,000 or less.

於此,重量平均分子量(Mw)係藉由凝膠色層分析法(GPC),以標準聚苯乙烯換算值求得。又,關於成為嵌段共聚合體原料的巨單體或鹽型嵌段共聚合體、接枝共聚合體,亦依上述條件進行。 Here, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is determined by gel chromatography (GPC) in terms of standard polystyrene. Further, the macromonomer, the salt block copolymer, and the graft copolymer which are the raw materials of the block copolymer are also subjected to the above conditions.

上述嵌段共聚合體之製造方法並無特別限定。可藉由公知方法製造嵌段共聚合體,其中較佳為活性聚合法。 The method for producing the above block copolymer is not particularly limited. The block copolymer can be produced by a known method, and among them, a living polymerization method is preferred.

作為此種具有由具3級胺之重複單位所構成之嵌段部與具有溶劑親和性之嵌段部的嵌段共聚合體的具體例,可列舉例如日本專利第4911253號公報記載之嵌段共聚合體作為較佳者。 Specific examples of the block copolymer having a block portion composed of a repeating unit having a tertiary amine and a block portion having a solvent affinity include, for example, block copolymerization described in Japanese Patent No. 4911253. Fit is preferred.

在使用上述含有具3級胺之重複單位的聚合體作為分散劑、對上述色材進行分散的情況,相對於色材100質量份,該含有具3級胺之重複單位的聚合體的含量較佳為15質量份以上且300質量份以下、更佳20質量份以上且250質量份以下。若為上述範圍內,則分散性及分散穩定性優越,提高對比之效果變高。 When the above-mentioned color material is dispersed by using the above-mentioned polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine as a dispersing agent, the content of the polymer containing the repeating unit having a tertiary amine is higher than 100 parts by mass of the coloring material. It is preferably 15 parts by mass or more and 300 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or more and 250 parts by mass or less. When it is in the above range, the dispersibility and dispersion stability are excellent, and the effect of improving the contrast becomes high.

本發明中,由色材之分散性或分散穩定性的觀點而言,作為分散劑較佳係使用上述含有具3級胺之重複單位的聚合體中之胺基中之至少一部分、與有機酸化合物或鹵化烴經鹽形成者(以下,有時將此種聚合體稱為鹽型聚合體)。 In the present invention, from the viewpoint of dispersibility or dispersion stability of the color material, it is preferred to use at least a part of the amine group in the polymer containing the repeating unit having a tertiary amine as the dispersing agent, and the organic acid. The compound or the halogenated hydrocarbon is formed by a salt (hereinafter, such a polymer is sometimes referred to as a salt type polymer).

其中,由色材之分散性及分散穩定性優越的觀點而言,較佳係含有具3級胺之重複單位的聚合體為嵌段共聚合體,上述有機酸化 合物為苯基膦酸或苯基次磷酸等之酸性有機磷化合物。作為此種分散劑所使用之有機酸化合物的具體例,可舉例如日本專利特開2012-236882號公報等記載之有機酸化合物作為較佳者。 Among them, from the viewpoint of superior dispersibility and dispersion stability of the color material, it is preferred that the polymer having a repeating unit having a tertiary amine be a block copolymer, and the above organic acidification The compound is an acidic organic phosphorus compound such as phenylphosphonic acid or phenylphosphoric acid. Specific examples of the organic acid compound to be used in the above-mentioned dispersing agent include, for example, an organic acid compound described in JP-A-2012-236882.

又,作為上述鹵化烴,由色材之分散性及分散穩定性優越的觀點而言,較佳係溴化烯丙基、氯化苄基等之鹵化烯丙基及鹵化烷基之至少1種。 In addition, as the halogenated hydrocarbon, at least one of a halogenated allyl group such as a brominated allyl group or a benzyl chloride group and a halogenated alkyl group is preferred from the viewpoint of excellent dispersibility and dispersion stability of the color material. .

[鹼可溶性樹脂] [alkali soluble resin]

本發明中之鹼可溶性樹脂係具有酸性基者,只要具有作為黏結劑樹脂之作用,且對於形成圖案時所使用之鹼顯影液呈可溶性,則可適當選擇使用,可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 The alkali-soluble resin in the present invention has an acidic group, and may be used as it is as a binder resin and is soluble in the alkali developer used for pattern formation, and may be used singly or in combination. 2 or more types.

本發明中,所謂鹼可溶性樹脂可依酸價為40mgKOH/g以上為標準。 In the present invention, the alkali-soluble resin may be based on an acid value of 40 mgKOH/g or more.

本發明中較佳之鹼可溶性樹脂,為具有酸性基、通常為羧基的樹脂,具體可舉例如具有羧基之丙烯酸系共聚合體及具有羧基之苯乙烯-丙烯酸系共聚合體等之丙烯酸系樹脂,具有羧基之環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂等。此等之中,特佳係於側鏈具有羧基、同時於側鏈進一步具有乙烯性不飽和基等之光聚合性官能基者。其原因在於,藉由含有光聚合性官能基所形成之硬化膜之膜強度提高。又,此等丙烯酸系共聚合體及苯乙烯-丙烯酸系共聚合體等之丙烯酸系樹脂、以及環氧基丙烯酸酯樹脂亦可混合2種以上使用。 The alkali-soluble resin which is preferable in the invention is a resin having an acidic group and usually a carboxyl group, and specific examples thereof include an acrylic resin having a carboxyl group and an acrylic resin having a carboxyl group such as a styrene-acrylic copolymer, and having a carboxyl group. An epoxy group (meth) acrylate resin or the like. Among these, a photopolymerizable functional group having a carboxyl group in the side chain and an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain is particularly preferable. This is because the film strength of the cured film formed by the photopolymerizable functional group is improved. Further, two or more kinds of the acrylic resin and the epoxy acrylate resin such as the acryl-based copolymer and the styrene-acrylic copolymer may be used in combination.

具有具羧基之構成單位的丙烯酸系共聚合體、及具有羧基之苯乙烯-丙烯酸系共聚合體等的丙烯酸系樹脂,例如為使含羧基之乙烯性不飽和單體及視需要之可共聚合之其他單體,依公知 方法進行(共)聚合而獲得的(共)聚合體。 An acrylic resin having an acryl-based copolymer having a carboxyl group and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a carboxyl group, for example, a carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer and, if necessary, other copolymerizable copolymers Monomer, known Method A (co)polymer obtained by (co)polymerization.

作為含羧基之乙烯性不飽和單體,可舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸、乙烯基苯甲酸、順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二酸烷基酯、反丁烯二酸、衣康酸、丁烯酸、桂皮酸、丙烯酸二聚物等。又,亦可利用(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯等具有羥基之單體與順丁烯二酸酐或酞酸酐、環己烷二羧酸酐般之環狀酐的加成反應物、ω-羧基-聚己內酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。又,作為羧基之前驅物,亦可使用順丁烯二酸酐、衣康酸酐、檸康酸酐等之含酸酐基單體。其中,由共聚合性或成本、溶解性、玻璃轉移溫度等方面而言,特佳為(甲基)丙烯酸。 Examples of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer include (meth)acrylic acid, vinylbenzoic acid, maleic acid, alkyl maleate, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, and the like. Butenoic acid, cinnamic acid, acrylic acid dimer, and the like. Further, an addition reactant of a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride or decanoic anhydride or cyclohexane dicarboxylic anhydride, or ω- may be used. Carboxy-polycaprolactone mono(meth)acrylate and the like. Further, as the carboxyl group precursor, an acid anhydride group-containing monomer such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride or citraconic anhydride may be used. Among them, (meth)acrylic acid is particularly preferred from the viewpoints of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature and the like.

由著色層之耐熱性、耐光性優越的觀點而言,鹼可溶性樹脂較佳係進一步具有烴環。已得知藉由使用具烴環之鹼可溶性樹脂,可提升所得著色層之耐溶劑性、耐熱性、耐光性,尤其是抑制著色層之膨潤。關於其作用雖尚未闡明,但推測藉由於著色層內含有大體積之烴環,著色層內之分子移動受到抑制,結果塗膜之強度變高、抑制因溶劑所造成之膨潤所致。 The alkali-soluble resin preferably further has a hydrocarbon ring from the viewpoint of excellent heat resistance and light resistance of the colored layer. It has been known that by using an alkali-soluble resin having a hydrocarbon ring, solvent resistance, heat resistance, light resistance, and particularly swelling of the colored layer can be improved. Although the effect has not been elucidated, it is presumed that the molecular movement in the colored layer is suppressed by the large-volume hydrocarbon ring in the colored layer, and as a result, the strength of the coating film is increased, and swelling due to the solvent is suppressed.

作為此種烴環,可舉例如亦可具有取代基之環狀之脂肪族烴環、亦可具有取代基之芳香族環、及此等之組合;烴環亦可具有羰基、羧基、氧羰基、醯胺基等之取代基。其中,在含有脂肪族環之情況,係在提升著色層之耐熱性或密黏性的同時,提升所得著色層的輝度。 The hydrocarbon ring may, for example, be a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent, an aromatic ring which may have a substituent, or a combination thereof; the hydrocarbon ring may have a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group or an oxycarbonyl group. a substituent such as a guanamine group. Among them, in the case of containing an aliphatic ring, the brightness of the obtained colored layer is improved while improving the heat resistance or adhesion of the colored layer.

作為烴環之具體例,可舉例如環丙烷、環丁烷、環戊烷、環己烷、降烷、三環[5.2.1.0(2,6)]癸烷(二環戊烷)、金剛烷等之脂肪族烴環;苯、萘、蒽、菲、茀等之芳香族環;聯苯、三聯苯、二苯基甲烷、三苯基甲烷、茋等之鏈狀多環;或下述化學式(9)所示之cardo 構造等。 Specific examples of the hydrocarbon ring include cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, and descending. An aliphatic hydrocarbon ring of alkane, tricyclo[5.2.1.0(2,6)]decane (dicyclopentane), adamantane or the like; an aromatic ring of benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, anthracene or the like; biphenyl, A chain polycyclic ring such as terphenyl, diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane or hydrazine; or a cardo structure represented by the following chemical formula (9).

作為烴環,在含有脂肪族環時,由提升著色層之耐熱性或密黏性、同時提升所得著色層之輝度的觀點而言為特佳。 When the aliphatic ring is contained, it is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of improving the heat resistance or adhesion of the colored layer and improving the luminance of the obtained colored layer.

又,在含有上述化學式(9)所示cardo構造的情況,由提升著色層之硬化性、提升耐溶劑性(NMP膨潤抑制)的觀點而言為特佳。 Moreover, in the case of containing the cardo structure represented by the above chemical formula (9), it is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of improving the curability of the colored layer and improving the solvent resistance (NMP swelling inhibition).

本發明所使用之鹼可溶性樹脂中,由容易調整各構成單位量、增加上述具烴環之構成單位量而容易提升該構成單位所具有之機能的觀點而言,較佳係除了具羧基之構成單位之外,另外使用具有上述具烴環之構成單位的丙烯酸系共聚合體。 In the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention, it is preferred to have a carboxyl group from the viewpoint of easily adjusting the respective constituent unit amounts and increasing the constituent unit amount of the hydrocarbon ring to easily improve the function of the constituent unit. In addition to the unit, an acrylic copolymer having the above constituent unit having a hydrocarbon ring is additionally used.

具羧基之構成單位、與上述具烴環之丙烯酸系共聚合體,可藉由使用具烴環之乙烯性不飽和單體作為上述「可共聚合之其他單體」而調製。 The constitutive unit having a carboxyl group and the above-mentioned acrylic copolymer having a hydrocarbon ring can be prepared by using an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring as the above-mentioned "other monomer copolymerizable".

作為與潛伏性抗氧化劑組合之具烴環之乙烯性不飽和單體,可列舉例如(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、苯乙烯等;由耐熱性、耐光性優越的觀點而言,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、苯乙烯。 Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring in combination with a latent antioxidant include cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, and adamantyl (meth)acrylate. (meth)acrylic acid Ester, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, styrene, etc.; from the viewpoint of superior heat resistance and light resistance, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, ( Methyl)dicyclopentanyl acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, styrene.

本發明所使用之鹼可溶性樹脂較佳為於側鏈具有乙烯性雙鍵。在具有乙烯性雙鍵的情況,於彩色濾光片製造時之樹脂組成物的硬化步驟中,該鹼可溶性樹脂彼此、或該鹼可溶性樹脂與多官能單體等可形成交聯鍵結。 The alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention preferably has an ethylenic double bond in a side chain. In the case of having an ethylenic double bond, in the hardening step of the resin composition at the time of production of the color filter, the alkali-soluble resins or the alkali-soluble resin and the polyfunctional monomer may form a cross-linking bond.

於鹼可溶性樹脂中導入乙烯性雙鍵的方法,係由習知公知方法適當選擇即可。例如,對鹼可溶性樹脂所具有之羧基,加成分子內兼具有環氧基與乙烯性雙鍵之化合物,例如(甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯等,而於側鏈導入乙烯性雙鍵的方法;或在將具有羥基之構成單位導入至共聚合體時,於分子內加成具備異氰酸酯基與乙烯性雙鍵的化合物,而於側鏈導入乙烯性雙鍵的方法等。 The method of introducing an ethylenic double bond into the alkali-soluble resin may be appropriately selected by a conventionally known method. For example, a compound having an epoxy group and an ethylenic double bond in a component, such as a carboxyl group having an epoxy group and an ethylenic double bond, may be added to the side chain to introduce an ethylenic double bond. Or a method in which a compound having a hydroxyl group is introduced into a copolymer, a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenic double bond is added to the molecule, and a vinyl double bond is introduced into the side chain.

本發明之鹼可溶性樹脂亦可進一步含有(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯等具有酯基之構成單位等的其他構成單位。具有酯基之構成單位不僅作為抑制彩色濾光片用著色樹脂組成物之鹼可溶性的成分而發揮機能,亦作為提高對溶劑之溶解性、甚至溶劑再溶解性之成分而發揮機能。 The alkali-soluble resin of the present invention may further contain other constituent units such as a constituent unit having an ester group such as methyl (meth)acrylate or ethyl (meth)acrylate. The constituent unit having an ester group functions not only as a component which suppresses alkali solubility of the colored resin composition for a color filter, but also as a component which improves solubility in a solvent and even solvent resolubility.

本發明之鹼可溶性樹脂,較佳係具有具羧基之構成單位、與具烴環之構成單位的丙烯酸系共聚合體及苯乙烯-丙烯酸系共聚合體等之丙烯酸系樹脂;更佳係具有具羧基之構成單位、具烴環之構成單位、與具乙烯性雙鍵之構成單位的丙烯酸系共聚合體及苯乙烯-丙烯酸系共聚合體等之丙烯酸系樹脂。 The alkali-soluble resin of the present invention preferably has an acrylic resin having a constituent unit of a carboxyl group, an acrylic copolymer having a structural unit of a hydrocarbon ring, and a styrene-acrylic copolymer; more preferably, it has a carboxyl group. An acrylic resin such as a constituent unit, a constituent unit having a hydrocarbon ring, an acrylic copolymer having a constituent unit having an ethylenic double bond, and a styrene-acrylic copolymer.

鹼可溶性樹脂係藉由適當調整各構成單位的填裝量,而可作成為具有所需性能的鹼可溶性樹脂。 The alkali-soluble resin can be used as an alkali-soluble resin having desired properties by appropriately adjusting the amount of each constituent unit.

含羧基之乙烯性不飽和單體之填裝量,係由獲得良好圖案方面而言,相對於單體總量,較佳為5質量%以上、更佳10 質量%以上。另一方面,由抑制顯影後之圖案表面之膜粗糙等觀點而言,含羧基之乙烯性不飽和單體之填裝量相對於單體總量,係較佳為50質量%以下、更佳40質量%以下。 The amount of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer to be filled is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10%, based on the total amount of the monomers. More than % by mass. On the other hand, the amount of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer to be filled is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably from the viewpoint of suppressing the film roughness of the surface of the pattern after development. 40% by mass or less.

若含羧基之乙烯性不飽和單體的比例為5質量%以上,則所獲得之塗膜對鹼顯影液之溶解性充足。又,若含羧基之乙烯性不飽和單體的比例為50質量%以下,則於藉由鹼顯影液進行顯影時,可抑制所形成之圖案自基板上脫落或圖案表面之膜粗糙。 When the proportion of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is 5% by mass or more, the solubility of the obtained coating film to the alkali developing solution is sufficient. In addition, when the ratio of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is 50% by mass or less, when the image is developed by the alkali developing solution, the formed pattern can be prevented from falling off from the substrate or the film on the pattern surface can be roughened.

又,更適合使用作為鹼可溶性樹脂之、具有具乙烯性雙鍵之構成單位的丙烯酸系共聚合體及苯乙烯-丙烯酸系共聚合體等之丙烯酸系樹脂中,兼具環氧基與乙烯性雙鍵之化合物係相對於含羧基之乙烯性不飽和單體的填裝量,較佳為10質量%以上且95質量%以下、更佳15質量%以上且90質量%以下。 In addition, it is more preferable to use an acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer having a structural unit of an ethylenic double bond and an acryl-based copolymer such as a styrene-acrylic copolymer, which has an epoxy group and an ethylenic double bond. The compound is preferably contained in an amount of 10% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less based on the amount of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer.

含羧基之共聚合體的較佳重量平均分子量(Mw),較佳為1,000以上且50,000以下之範圍,更佳為3,000以上~20,000以下之範圍。在重量平均分子量(Mw)為1,000以上時,硬化後之黏結劑機能優越;又,若為50,000以內,則由鹼顯影液進行之顯影時圖案形成變得容易。 The preferred weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxyl group-containing copolymer is preferably in the range of 1,000 or more and 50,000 or less, more preferably in the range of from 3,000 to 20,000. When the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is 1,000 or more, the binder after curing is excellent in function; and if it is within 50,000, pattern formation by the alkali developer is easy.

尚且,含羧基之共聚合體之上述重量平均分子量(Mw),係以聚苯乙烯為標準物質,以THF作為洗提液藉由Shodex GPC System-21H而可進行測定。 Further, the above weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxyl group-containing copolymer can be measured by using Shodex GPC System-21H using styrene as a standard substance and THF as an eluent.

作為具有羧基之環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂,並無特別限定,較適當為使環氧化合物與含不飽和基之單羧酸的反應物、與酸酐反應而得的環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物。 The epoxy group (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxyl group is not particularly limited, and is preferably an epoxy group obtained by reacting an epoxy compound with a reaction product of an unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acid and an acid anhydride ( Methyl) acrylate compound.

環氧化合物、含不飽和基之單羧酸及酸酐,可由公知物中適當 選擇使用。具有羧基之環氧基(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂分別可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 An epoxy compound, an unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acid, and an acid anhydride, which are appropriately known in the art Choose to use. The epoxy group (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxyl group may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

鹼可溶性樹脂係由對顯影液所使用之鹼水溶液的顯影性(溶解性)的觀點而言,較佳為選擇使用酸價為50mgKOH/g以上者。鹼可溶性樹脂係由對顯影液所使用之鹼水溶液的顯影性(溶解性)、以及對基板之密黏性的觀點而言,酸價較佳為70mgKOH/g以上且300mgKOH/g以下,其中較佳為70mgKOH/g以上且280mgKOH/g以下。 The alkali-soluble resin is preferably one having an acid value of 50 mgKOH/g or more from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) of the aqueous alkali solution used for the developer. The alkali-soluble resin is preferably 70 mg KOH/g or more and 300 mg KOH/g or less from the viewpoints of developability (solubility) of the aqueous alkali solution used for the developer and adhesion to the substrate. It is preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more and 280 mgKOH/g or less.

尚且,本發明中,酸價可依照JIS K 0070:1992進行測定。 Further, in the present invention, the acid value can be measured in accordance with JIS K 0070:1992.

在鹼可溶性樹脂之側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基的情況下,乙烯性不飽和鍵結當量較佳為100~2000之範圍、特佳為140以上且1500以下之範圍。該乙烯性不飽和鍵結當量若為2000以下,則顯影耐性或密黏性優越。又,若為100以上,由於可使上述具羧基之構成單位、或具烴環之構成單位等之其他構成單位的比例相對增加,故顯影性或耐熱性優越。 When the side chain of the alkali-soluble resin has an ethylenically unsaturated group, the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is preferably in the range of from 100 to 2,000, particularly preferably in the range of from 140 to 1,500. When the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is 2,000 or less, development resistance or adhesion is excellent. In addition, when the ratio is 100 or more, the ratio of the constituent unit having the carboxyl group or the other constituent unit having the constituent unit of the hydrocarbon ring can be relatively increased, so that the developability or heat resistance is excellent.

於此,所謂乙烯性不飽和鍵結當量,係指上述鹼可溶性樹脂中之乙烯性不飽和鍵結每1莫耳的重量平均分子量,由下述數式(1)所示。 Here, the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is a weight average molecular weight per one mole of the ethylenically unsaturated bond in the alkali-soluble resin, and is represented by the following formula (1).

數式(1)乙烯性不飽和鍵結當量(g/mol)=W(g)/M(mol) Formula (1) Ethylene Unsaturated Bond Equivalent (g/mol)=W(g)/M(mol)

(數式(1)中,W表示鹼可溶性樹脂之質量(g),M表示鹼可溶性樹脂W(g)中所含之乙烯性雙鍵之莫耳數(mol)。) (In the formula (1), W represents the mass (g) of the alkali-soluble resin, and M represents the molar number (mol) of the ethylenic double bond contained in the alkali-soluble resin W (g).

上述乙烯性不飽和鍵結當量,例如可依照JIS K 0070:1992記載之碘價之試驗方法,藉由測定鹼可溶性樹脂每1g 所含之乙烯性雙鍵之數而算出。 The ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent can be determined, for example, by measuring the iodine value described in JIS K 0070:1992, by measuring the alkali-soluble resin per 1 g. Calculated by the number of ethylenic double bonds contained.

[抗氧化劑] [Antioxidants]

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物,較佳係進一步含有抗氧化劑。藉由組合上述一般式(1)所示之潛伏性抗氧化劑、與公知之抗氧化劑,相較於單獨使用潛伏性抗氧化劑的情況,尤其耐光性優越,可抑制因紫外線照射所造成之著色層輝度降低,同時抗氧化劑及潛伏性抗氧化劑依序表現抗氧化機能,藉此可於彩色濾光片製造之所有步驟中抑制色材等之褪色。 The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains an antioxidant. By combining the latent antioxidant represented by the above general formula (1) with a known antioxidant, it is particularly excellent in light resistance compared to the case where a latent antioxidant is used alone, and the coloring layer caused by ultraviolet irradiation can be suppressed. The brightness is lowered, and the antioxidant and the latent antioxidant sequentially exhibit an antioxidant function, thereby suppressing fading of the color material and the like in all steps of the color filter manufacturing.

抗氧化劑可由習知公知者中適當選擇使用。抗氧化劑可單獨使用1種、或組合使用2種以上。作為抗氧化劑之具體例,可舉例如受阻酚系抗氧化劑、胺系抗氧化劑、磷系抗氧化劑、硫系抗氧化劑、肼系抗氧化劑等,由耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為使用受阻酚系抗氧化劑。 The antioxidant can be appropriately selected and used by a person skilled in the art. The antioxidant may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Specific examples of the antioxidant include hindered phenol-based antioxidants, amine-based antioxidants, phosphorus-based antioxidants, sulfur-based antioxidants, and lanthanoid antioxidants, and from the viewpoint of heat resistance, it is preferably blocked. Phenolic antioxidants.

所謂受阻酚系抗氧化劑,意指具有含有至少1個酚構造,並於該酚構造之羥基之2位與6位之至少一處取代有碳原子數4以上之取代基的構造的抗氧化劑。 The hindered phenol-based antioxidant means an antioxidant having a structure containing at least one phenol structure and having a substituent of at least one carbon atom at the 2-position and the 6-position of the hydroxyl group of the phenol structure.

作為受阻酚系抗氧化劑之具體例,可舉例如季戊四醇肆[3-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥苯基)丙酸酯](商品名:IRGANOX 1010,BASF製)、1,3,5-參(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥苄基)三聚異氰酸酯(商品名:IRGANOX 3114,BASF製)、2,4,6-參(4-羥基-3,5-二第三丁基苄基)1,3,5-三甲苯(商品名:IRGANOX 1330,BASF製)、6-(4-羥基-3,5-二第三丁基苯胺基)-2,4-雙(辛基硫基)-1,3,5-三(商品名:IRGANOX 565,BASF製)、2,2’-硫二乙基雙[3-(3,5-二第三丁基-4- 羥苯基)丙酸酯](商品名:IRGANOX 1035,BASF製)、1,2-雙[3-(4-羥基-3,5-二第三丁基苯基)丙醯基]肼(商品名:IRGANOX MD1024,BASF製)、3-(4-羥基-3,5-二異丙基苯基)丙酸辛酯(商品名:IRGANOX 1135,BASF製)、4,6-雙(辛基硫甲基)-鄰甲酚(商品名:IRGANOX 1520L,BASF製)、N,N’-六亞甲基雙[3-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥苯基)丙烷醯胺](商品名:IRGANOX 1098,BASF製)、1,6-己烷二醇雙[3-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥苯基)丙酸酯](商品名:IRGANOX 259,BASF製)、1-二甲基-2-[(3-第三丁基-4-羥基-5-甲基苯基)丙醯基氧基]乙基]2,4,8,10肆氧雜螺[5.5]十一烷(商品名:ADK STAB AO-80,ADEKA製)、雙(3-第三丁基-4-羥基-5-甲基苯丙酸)乙烯雙(氧基乙烯)(商品名:IRGANOX 245,BASF製)、1,3,5-參[[4-(1,1-二甲基乙基)-3-羥基-2,6-二甲基苯基]甲基]-1,3,5-三-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮(商品名:IRGANOX 1790,BASF製)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(6-第三丁基-4-甲基酚)(商品名:SUMILIZER MDP-S,住友化學製)、6,6’-硫雙(2-第三丁基-4-甲基酚)(商品名:IRGANOX 1081,BASF製)、3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥苄基磺酸二乙酯(商品名:IRGAMOD 195,BASF製)、丙烯酸2-第三丁基-4-甲基-6-(2-羥基-3-第三丁基-5-甲基苄基)苯酯(商品名:SUMILIZER GM,住友化學製)、4,4’-硫雙(6-第三丁基間甲酚)(商品名:SUMILIZER WX-R,住友化學製)等。亦可使用其他具有受阻酚構造的寡聚物型式及聚合物型式的化合物等。 Specific examples of the hindered phenol-based antioxidant include quinone pentaerythritol [3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate] (trade name: IRGANOX 1010, manufactured by BASF). 1,3,5-paran (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-trimeric isocyanate (trade name: IRGANOX 3114, manufactured by BASF), 2,4,6-gin (4-hydroxy- 3,5-di-t-butylbenzyl) 1,3,5-trimethylbenzene (trade name: IRGANOX 1330, manufactured by BASF), 6-(4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylanilinyl) -2,4-bis(octylthio)-1,3,5-three (trade name: IRGANOX 565, manufactured by BASF), 2,2'-thiodiethyl bis[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4- hydroxyphenyl)propionate] (trade name: IRGANOX) 1035, manufactured by BASF), 1,2-bis[3-(4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylphenyl)propanyl]anthracene (trade name: IRGANOX MD1024, manufactured by BASF), 3-( Octyl 4-hydroxy-3,5-diisopropylphenyl)propanoate (trade name: IRGANOX 1135, manufactured by BASF), 4,6-bis(octylthiomethyl)-o-cresol (trade name: IRGANOX) 1520L, manufactured by BASF), N, N'-hexamethylene bis[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane decylamine] (trade name: IRGANOX 1098, manufactured by BASF) 1,6-hexanediol bis[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate] (trade name: IRGANOX 259, manufactured by BASF), 1-dimethyl -2-[(3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)propanyloxy]ethyl]2,4,8,10 oxaoxaspiro[5.5]undecane ( Product name: ADK STAB AO-80, manufactured by ADEKA), bis(3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenylpropionic acid) ethylene bis(oxyethylene) (trade name: IRGANOX 245, manufactured by BASF) ), 1,3,5-gin[[4-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylphenyl]methyl]-1,3,5-three -2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione (trade name: IRGANOX 1790, manufactured by BASF), 2,2'-methylenebis(6-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: SUMILIZER MDP-S, manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), 6,6'-thiobis(2-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: IRGANOX 1081, manufactured by BASF), 3,5- Di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl sulfonate (trade name: IRGAMOD 195, manufactured by BASF), 2-tert-butyl-4-methyl-6-(2-hydroxy-3-yl acrylate Tributyl-5-methylbenzyl)phenyl ester (trade name: SUMILIZER GM, manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), 4,4'-thiobis(6-t-butyl-m-cresol) (trade name: SUMILIZER WX- R, Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., etc. Other oligomer type and polymer type compounds having a hindered phenol structure can also be used.

[任意添加成分] [optional addition]

於本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物中,視需要亦可含有各種添 加劑。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, various additives may be contained as needed. Additives.

作為添加劑,可列舉例如聚合停止劑、鏈移動劑、均平劑、可塑劑、界面活性劑、消泡劑、矽烷偶合劑、紫外線吸收劑、密黏促進劑等。 Examples of the additive include a polymerization stopper, a chain shifting agent, a leveling agent, a plasticizer, a surfactant, an antifoaming agent, a decane coupling agent, an ultraviolet absorber, a dense adhesion promoter, and the like.

<感光性著色樹脂組成物之各成分的調配比例> <Preparation ratio of each component of the photosensitive colored resin composition>

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物中,各成分之調配比例並無特別限定,在不損及本發明效果之範圍,可配合用途等適當調製。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, the blending ratio of each component is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the use and the like without departing from the scope of the effects of the present invention.

色材之含有比例,係配合所需之色調適當調整即可由高輝度化方面而言,相對於感光性著色樹脂組成物之固形份總量,較佳為10質量%以上且60質量%以下、更佳為12質量%以上且50質量%以下。 The content ratio of the coloring material is preferably 10% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less based on the total amount of the solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition, in terms of high luminance. More preferably, it is 12 mass % or more and 50 mass % or less.

尚且,於本發明中,所謂固形份係表示構成感光性著色樹脂組成物之溶劑以外之所有成分,例如,即使是液狀之光聚合性化合物亦涵括於固形份中。 In the present invention, the solid portion indicates all components other than the solvent constituting the photosensitive colored resin composition. For example, even a liquid photopolymerizable compound is included in the solid portion.

光聚合性化合物之含有比例係相對於感光性著色樹脂組成物之固形份總量,較佳為5質量%以上且60質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以上且40質量%以下。若光聚合性化合物之含有比例小於上述下限值,則光硬化未充分進行,有曝光部分於顯影時溶出的情形;又,若光聚合性化合物之含有比例多於上述上限值,則有鹼顯影性降低之虞。 The content ratio of the photopolymerizable compound is preferably 5% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, and more preferably 10% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less based on the total amount of the solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. When the content ratio of the photopolymerizable compound is less than the above lower limit, the photocuring is not sufficiently performed, and the exposed portion is eluted during development; and when the content ratio of the photopolymerizable compound is more than the above upper limit, The alkali developability is lowered.

起始劑之含有比例係相對於感光性著色樹脂組成物之固形份總量,較佳為1質量%以上且40質量%以下,更佳為3質量%以上且30質量%以下。若起始劑量未滿上述上限值,則相對於 遮罩開口而圖案不致過粗,故較佳。若起始劑量為上述下限值以上,則耐溶劑性變得良好。 The content ratio of the initiator is preferably 1% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less, and more preferably 3% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less based on the total amount of the solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. If the starting dose is less than the above upper limit, then It is preferred that the mask is open and the pattern is not too thick. When the starting dose is at least the above lower limit value, the solvent resistance is improved.

另外在含有至少2種肟系起始劑作為起始劑的情況,肟系起始劑2種以上之合計含量係相對於感光性著色樹脂組成物之固形份總量,由使此等起始劑之併用效果充分發揮的觀點而言,較佳為0.1質量%以上且12.0質量%以下,更佳為1.0質量%以上且8.0質量%以下之範圍內, 上述一般式(1)所示潛伏性抗氧化劑之含有比例,係由可形成高輝度之著色層、且可獲得抑制了線寬變化之感光性著色樹脂組成物的觀點而言,相對於感光性著色樹脂組成物之固形份總量,較佳為0.1質量%以上且10質量%以下,更佳為0.1質量%以上且8質量%以下。 Further, in the case where at least two kinds of oxime-based initiators are contained as the initiator, the total content of two or more kinds of the lanthanide initiator is relative to the total amount of the solid content of the photosensitive resin composition, and such From the viewpoint of the synergistic effect of the agent, the content is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 12.0% by mass or less, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more and 8.0% by mass or less. The content ratio of the latent antioxidant represented by the above general formula (1) is based on the viewpoint of obtaining a coloring layer having a high luminance and obtaining a photosensitive colored resin composition having a suppressed line width change. The total amount of the solid content of the colored resin composition is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less, more preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 8% by mass or less.

在使用鹼可溶性樹脂的情況,其含有比例係由顯影性的觀點而言,相對於感光性著色樹脂組成物之固形份總量,較佳為5質量%以上且60質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以上且50質量%以下,又更佳為10質量%以上且40質量%以下。 When the alkali-soluble resin is used, the content ratio thereof is preferably 5% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less based on the total amount of the solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition from the viewpoint of developability, and more preferably 5 mass% or more and 50 mass% or less are more preferably 10 mass% or more and 40 mass% or less.

若鹼可溶性樹脂之含量為上述下限值以上,可得到充分之鹼顯影性;又,若鹼可溶性樹脂之含量為上述上限值以下則可於顯影時抑制膜粗糙或圖案缺陷。 When the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at least the above lower limit value, sufficient alkali developability can be obtained. Further, when the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at most the above upper limit value, film roughness or pattern defects can be suppressed at the time of development.

使用分散劑時之含量,若為可使色材均勻地分散者,則並無特別限定,例如相對於感光性著色樹脂組成物之固形份總量,可使用1質量%以上且40質量%以下。進而,相對於感光性著色樹脂組成物之固形份總量,較佳為依2質量%以上且30質量%以下、特佳為3質量%以上且25質量%以下之比例調配。若為上述下 限值以上,則色材之分散性及分散穩定性優越、感光性著色樹脂組成物之保存穩定性優越。又,若為上述上限值以下,則顯影性良好。尤其是在形成色材濃度高之著色層的情形,分散劑之含量係相對於感光性著色樹脂組成物之固形份總量,較佳為依2質量%以上且25質量%以下、更佳3質量%以上且20質量%以下之比例調配。 The content of the dispersant is not particularly limited as long as the color material can be uniformly dispersed. For example, the content of the solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition can be 1% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less. . Further, the total amount of the solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition is preferably 2% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less, particularly preferably 3% by mass or more and 25% by mass or less. If it is above When the value is more than the limit, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the color material are excellent, and the storage stability of the photosensitive colored resin composition is excellent. Moreover, when it is below the said upper limit, the developability is favorable. In particular, in the case of forming a coloring layer having a high color material concentration, the content of the dispersing agent is preferably 2% by mass or more and 25% by mass or less, more preferably 3 parts by mass based on the total amount of the solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. The ratio is 5% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less.

又,在進一步組合使用未潛伏化之抗氧化劑的情況,該抗氧化劑之含有比例,係由可形成高輝度之著色層、且可獲得抑制了線寬變化之感光性著色樹脂組成物的觀點而言,相對於感光性著色樹脂組成物之固形份總量,較佳為0.1質量%以上且10質量%以下,更佳0.1質量%以上且8質量%以下,再更佳0.1質量%以上且5.0質量%以下。若為上述下限值以上,則容易發揮併用效果。另一方面,若為上述上限值以下,則可作成高感度之感光性樹脂組成物。 Further, when the non-latentified antioxidant is further used in combination, the content ratio of the antioxidant is obtained from a coloring layer capable of forming a high luminance and a photosensitive colored resin composition having a suppressed line width change. The total amount of the solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less, more preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 8% by mass or less, still more preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 5.0. Below mass%. When it is more than the above lower limit value, it is easy to exhibit the effect of use in combination. On the other hand, when it is at most the above upper limit value, a photosensitive resin composition having high sensitivity can be obtained.

上述一般式(1)所示潛伏性抗氧化劑與該抗氧化劑之含有比例,係由抑制線寬變化、並容易形成高輝度之著色層方面而言,相對於上述一般式(1)所示潛伏性抗氧化劑1質量份,較佳為0.1質量份以上且10質量份以下,更佳為0.1質量份以上且5.0質量份以下。 The content ratio of the latent antioxidant represented by the above general formula (1) to the antioxidant is latent with respect to the general formula (1) in terms of suppressing the change in line width and easily forming a high-luminance coloring layer. The amount of the antioxidant is 1 part by mass, preferably 0.1 part by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.1 part by mass or more and 5.0 parts by mass or less.

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物中,溶劑之含量係於可精度良好地形成著色層的範圍內適當設定。相對於包含該溶劑之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物之總量,通常為55質量%以上且95質量%以下之範圍內,其中,更佳為65質量%以上且88質量%以下之範圍內。藉由使上述溶劑之含量為上述範圍內,可作成為塗佈性優越者。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, the content of the solvent is appropriately set within a range in which the coloring layer can be formed with high precision. The total amount of the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter containing the solvent is usually in the range of 55 mass% or more and 95 mass% or less, and more preferably 65 mass% or more and 88 mass% or less. Within the scope. When the content of the above solvent is within the above range, it is possible to obtain a coating property superior.

<感光性著色樹脂組成物之製造方法> <Method for Producing Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition>

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物之製造方法若為至少含有色材、光聚合性化合物、起始劑、潛伏性抗氧化劑與溶劑,進一步較佳含有分散劑、較佳含有抗氧化劑、較佳含有鹼可溶性樹脂,並可使色材均勻分散或溶解於溶劑中的方法即可,可藉由使用公知之混合手段進行混合而調製。 The method for producing a photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains at least a color material, a photopolymerizable compound, a starter, a latent antioxidant, and a solvent, and more preferably contains a dispersant, preferably an antioxidant, preferably. The method of containing an alkali-soluble resin and uniformly dispersing or dissolving the color material in a solvent may be prepared by mixing using a known mixing means.

作為該樹脂組成物之調製方法,可舉例如:(1)首先,於溶劑中添加色材、視需要之分散劑而調製色材分散液,於該分散液混合光聚合性化合物、起始劑、潛伏性抗氧化劑、與視需要所使用之各種添加成分的方法;(2)於溶劑中,同時投入色材、光聚合性化合物、起始劑與潛伏性抗氧化劑,進行混合的方法;等。 As a method of preparing the resin composition, for example, (1) First, a color material and a dispersing agent are added to a solvent to prepare a color material dispersion, and a photopolymerizable compound and a starter are mixed in the dispersion. a latent antioxidant, a method of adding various components as needed, and (2) a method of mixing a color material, a photopolymerizable compound, a starter, and a latent antioxidant in a solvent; .

此等方法中,上述(1)之方法,由可有效防止色材凝集、均勻分散的觀點而言為較佳。 Among these methods, the method of the above (1) is preferable from the viewpoint of effectively preventing aggregation and uniform dispersion of the color material.

色材分散液之調製方法,可由習知公知之分散方法中適當選擇使用。可舉例如(1)事先將分散劑混合至溶劑並攪拌、調製分散劑溶液,接著視需要混合有機酸化合物而使分散劑所具有之胺基與有機酸化合物形成鹽。將此與色材及視需要之其他成分混合,使用公知之攪拌機或分散機使其分散的方法;(2)將分散劑混合至溶劑並攪拌,調製分散劑溶液,接著將色材及視需要之有機酸化合物、進而視需要之其他成分混合,使用公知攪拌機或分散機使其分散的方法;(3)將分散劑混合至溶劑並攪拌,調製分散劑溶液,接著將色材及視需要之其他成分混合,使用公知攪拌機或分散機作成分散液後,視需要添加有機酸化合物的方法等。 The method of preparing the color material dispersion can be appropriately selected and used by a conventionally known dispersion method. For example, (1) the dispersant is mixed with a solvent in advance and stirred to prepare a dispersant solution, and then the organic acid compound is mixed as necessary to form a salt of the amine group of the dispersant with the organic acid compound. Mixing this with a color material and other components as needed, and dispersing it using a known mixer or disperser; (2) mixing the dispersant into a solvent and stirring to prepare a dispersant solution, then coloring the material and optionally a method of mixing an organic acid compound and, if necessary, other components, and dispersing it using a known mixer or disperser; (3) mixing the dispersant into a solvent and stirring to prepare a dispersant solution, followed by coloring materials and optionally A method in which an organic acid compound is added as needed after mixing other components and using a known agitator or disperser to form a dispersion.

作為用於進行分散處理之分散機,可舉例如雙輥磨 機、三輥磨機等輥磨機、球磨機、振動球磨機等球磨機、塗料振盪器、連續盤型珠磨機、連續環型珠磨機等珠磨機。作為珠磨機之較佳分散條件,所使用之珠徑較佳為0.03mm以上且2.00mm以下,更佳為0.10mm以上且1.0mm以下。 As the dispersing machine for performing the dispersion treatment, for example, a two-roll mill Ball mills such as roller mills, ball mills, vibrating ball mills, etc., ball mills, paint shakers, continuous disk bead mills, continuous ring bead mills, etc. As a preferable dispersion condition of the bead mill, the bead diameter to be used is preferably 0.03 mm or more and 2.00 mm or less, more preferably 0.10 mm or more and 1.0 mm or less.

具體可舉例如,藉由珠徑為較大之2mm氧化鋯珠進行預備分散,再以珠徑為較小之0.1mm氧化鋯珠進行正式分散。又,分散後,較佳係藉由0.5μm以上且2μm以下之薄膜過濾器進行過濾。 Specifically, for example, it is preliminarily dispersed by a 2 mm zirconia bead having a large bead diameter, and then uniformly dispersed by a 0.1 mm zirconia bead having a small bead diameter. Further, after the dispersion, it is preferably filtered through a membrane filter of 0.5 μm or more and 2 μm or less.

2.彩色濾光片 2. Color filter

本發明之彩色濾光片,係至少具備基板、與設於該基板上之著色層者,該著色層之至少一者係上述本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物之硬化物。 The color filter of the present invention includes at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, and at least one of the colored layers is a cured product of the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention.

本發明之彩色濾光片之製造方法,係至少具備基板、與設於該基板上之著色層的彩色濾光片之製造方法,其具有:使用上述本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物形成該著色層之至少一者的步驟。 A method of producing a color filter according to the present invention is a method of producing a color filter including at least a substrate and a coloring layer provided on the substrate, comprising: forming the photosensitive coloring resin composition of the present invention The step of at least one of the colored layers.

針對此種本發明之彩色濾光片,參照圖式進行說明。圖1為表示本發明之彩色濾光片之一例的概略剖面圖。根據圖1,本發明之彩色濾光片10具有基板1、遮光部2、及著色層3。 The color filter of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a color filter of the present invention. According to FIG. 1, the color filter 10 of the present invention has a substrate 1, a light blocking portion 2, and a coloring layer 3.

(著色層) (colored layer)

本發明之彩色濾光片所使用之著色層,其至少一者為含有上述本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物之硬化物的著色層。 At least one of the coloring layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a coloring layer containing the cured product of the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention.

著色層通常形成於後述基板上之遮光部之開口部,通常由3色以上之著色圖案所構成。 The colored layer is usually formed on the opening of the light-shielding portion on the substrate to be described later, and is usually composed of three or more colored patterns.

另外,作為該著色層之配列,並無特別限定,例如可設為條紋型、馬賽克型、三角型、4像素配置型等一般配列。又,著色層之寬、面積等可任意設定。 In addition, the arrangement of the colored layer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a general arrangement such as a stripe type, a mosaic type, a triangular type, or a four-pixel arrangement type. Further, the width, area, and the like of the colored layer can be arbitrarily set.

該著色層之厚度可藉由調整塗佈方法、彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物之固形份濃度或黏度等而適當抑制,通常較佳為1μm以上且5μm以下之範圍。 The thickness of the colored layer can be appropriately suppressed by adjusting the coating method, the solid content concentration or the viscosity of the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, and the like, and is usually preferably in the range of 1 μm or more and 5 μm or less.

該著色層可藉由例如下述方法形成。 The colored layer can be formed by, for example, the following method.

首先,使用噴塗法、浸塗法、棒塗法、輥塗法、旋塗法、模塗法等塗佈手段將上述本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物塗佈於後述透明基板上,形成濕塗膜。其中,較佳可使用旋塗法、模塗法。 First, the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention is applied onto a transparent substrate to be described later by a coating means such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method or a die coating method to form a wet film. Coating film. Among them, a spin coating method or a die coating method is preferably used.

接著,使用加熱板或烘箱等乾燥該濕塗膜後,於其上經由既定圖案之遮罩進行曝光,使鹼可溶性樹脂及多官能單體等進行光聚合反應,作成硬化塗膜。作為曝光所使用之光源,可舉例如低壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈等紫外線、電子束等。曝光量係根據所使用之光源或塗膜之厚度等而適當調整。 Then, the wet coating film is dried by a hot plate or an oven, and then exposed to a mask of a predetermined pattern, and an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, or the like is photopolymerized to form a cured coating film. Examples of the light source used for the exposure include ultraviolet rays such as a low pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp, and an electron beam. The exposure amount is appropriately adjusted depending on the thickness of the light source or coating film to be used and the like.

又,於曝光後,為了促進聚合反應,亦可進行加熱處理。加熱條件係根據所使用之感光性著色樹脂組成物中之各成分之調配比例、或塗膜之厚度等而適當選擇。 Further, after the exposure, in order to promote the polymerization reaction, heat treatment may be performed. The heating conditions are appropriately selected depending on the blending ratio of each component in the photosensitive colored resin composition to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.

接著,使用顯影液進行顯影處理,溶解除去未曝光部分,藉此依所需圖案形成塗膜。作為顯影液,通常使用於水或水溶性溶劑中溶解了鹼的溶液。於此鹼性溶液中,亦可適量添加界面活性劑等。又,顯影方法可採用一般方法。 Next, development treatment is carried out using a developing solution to dissolve and remove the unexposed portion, thereby forming a coating film in a desired pattern. As the developer, a solution in which an alkali is dissolved in water or a water-soluble solvent is usually used. In this alkaline solution, a surfactant or the like may be added in an appropriate amount. Further, the development method can employ a general method.

顯影處理後,通常進行顯影液之清洗、感光性著色樹脂組成物之硬化塗膜之乾燥,形成著色層。再者,顯影處理後,為了使塗膜充分硬化,亦可進行加熱處理。作為加熱條件並無特別限定,可根據塗膜之用途而適當選擇。 After the development treatment, the developer is usually washed and the cured coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition is dried to form a colored layer. Further, after the development treatment, heat treatment may be performed in order to sufficiently cure the coating film. The heating conditions are not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the use of the coating film.

(遮光部) (lighting part)

本發明之彩色濾光片中之遮光部,係於後述基板上形成為圖案狀者,可設為與一般彩色濾光片中用於作為遮光部者相同。 The light-shielding portion of the color filter of the present invention is formed into a pattern on a substrate to be described later, and can be the same as that used for a light-shielding portion in a general color filter.

作為該遮光部之圖案形狀,並無特別限定,可舉例如條紋狀、矩陣狀等之形狀。遮光部可為由濺鍍法、真空蒸鍍法所造成之鉻等之金屬薄膜。或者,遮光部亦可為於樹脂黏結劑中含有碳微粒子、金屬氧化物、無機顏料、有機顏料等之遮光性粒子的樹脂層。在含有遮光性粒子之樹脂層的情況,有如使用感光性光阻劑藉由顯影進行圖案化的方法、使用含有遮光性粒子之噴墨油墨進行圖案化的方法、將感光性光阻劑進行熱轉印的方法等。 The pattern shape of the light shielding portion is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a stripe shape or a matrix shape. The light shielding portion may be a metal thin film such as chromium which is caused by a sputtering method or a vacuum evaporation method. Alternatively, the light-shielding portion may be a resin layer containing light-shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, and organic pigments in the resin binder. In the case of a resin layer containing light-shielding particles, there is a method of patterning by development using a photosensitive photoresist, a method of patterning using an inkjet ink containing light-blocking particles, and heat of a photosensitive photoresist. Transfer method, etc.

作為遮光部之膜厚,於金屬薄膜的情況係設為0.2μm~0.4μm左右,於為使黑色顏料分散或溶解於黏結劑樹脂中而成者時,設為0.5μm~2μm以下。 The film thickness of the light-shielding portion is about 0.2 μm to 0.4 μm in the case of the metal thin film, and is 0.5 μm to 2 μm or less in order to disperse or dissolve the black pigment in the binder resin.

(基板) (substrate)

作為基板,係使用後述之透明基板或矽基板、於上述基板上形成了鋁、銀、銀/銅/鈀合金薄膜等者。此等基板上,亦可形成其他之彩色濾光片層、樹脂層、TFT等之電晶體、電路等。 As the substrate, a transparent substrate or a tantalum substrate to be described later is used, and an aluminum, silver, silver/copper/palladium alloy thin film or the like is formed on the substrate. On such substrates, other color filter layers, resin layers, TFTs such as TFTs, circuits, and the like can be formed.

作為本發明之彩色濾光片中之透明基板,若為對可見 光呈透明之基材即可,並無特別限定,可使用一般之彩色濾光片所使用的透明基板。具體可舉例如石英玻璃、無鹼玻璃、合成石英板等無可撓性之透明剛性材,或透明樹脂薄膜、光學用樹脂板、可撓玻璃等具有可撓性之透明可撓材。 As a transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention, if it is visible The light-transparent substrate is not particularly limited, and a transparent substrate used for a general color filter can be used. Specifically, for example, a transparent rigid material such as quartz glass, an alkali-free glass, or a synthetic quartz plate, or a flexible transparent material such as a transparent resin film, an optical resin plate, or a flexible glass can be used.

該透明基板之厚度並無特別限定,根據本發明之彩色濾光片的用途,例如可使用100μm~1mm以下左右者。 The thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited, and for the use of the color filter of the present invention, for example, a thickness of about 100 μm to 1 mm can be used.

再者,本發明之彩色濾光片係除了上述基板、遮光部及著色層以外,例如亦可形成頂塗層或透明電極層、進而形成配向膜或配向突起、柱狀間隔件等。 Further, in addition to the substrate, the light shielding portion, and the coloring layer, the color filter of the present invention may form, for example, a top coat layer or a transparent electrode layer, and further an alignment film, an alignment protrusion, a columnar spacer, or the like.

3.顯示裝置 3. Display device

本發明之顯示裝置,其特徵在於具有上述本發明之彩色濾光片。本發明中顯示裝置之構成並無特別限定,可由習知公知之顯示裝置中適當選擇,可舉例如液晶顯示裝置、或有機發光顯示裝置等。 A display device of the present invention is characterized by comprising the above-described color filter of the present invention. The configuration of the display device in the present invention is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from known display devices, and examples thereof include a liquid crystal display device and an organic light-emitting display device.

[液晶顯示裝置] [Liquid Crystal Display Device]

液晶顯示裝置之特徵在於具有上述本發明之彩色濾光片、對向基板、及形成於上述彩色濾光片與上述對向基板之間的液晶層。 The liquid crystal display device is characterized by comprising the above-described color filter of the present invention, a counter substrate, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate.

針對此種本發明之液晶顯示裝置,以下參照圖式進行說明。圖2為表示本發明之液晶顯示裝置之一例的概略圖。如圖2所示,本發明之液晶顯示裝置40具有彩色濾光片10、具有TFT陣列基板等之對向基板20、及形成於上述彩色濾光片10與上述對向基板20間之液晶層30。 The liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings. Fig. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of a liquid crystal display device of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 2, the liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention has a color filter 10, an opposite substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate, and the like, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter 10 and the opposite substrate 20. 30.

尚且,本發明之液晶顯示裝置並不限定於此圖2所示之構成, 可作成為一般彩色濾光片所使用之液晶顯示裝置的公知構成。 Further, the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, A known configuration of a liquid crystal display device used for a general color filter can be used.

作為本發明之液晶顯示裝置之驅動方式,並無特別限定,可採用液晶顯示裝置一般使用之驅動方式。作為此種驅動方式,可舉例如:TN方式、IPS方式、OCB方式、及MVA方式等。於本發明中,可適合使用該等之任一方式。 The driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a driving method generally used for a liquid crystal display device can be employed. Examples of such a driving method include a TN method, an IPS method, an OCB method, and an MVA method. In the present invention, any of these methods can be suitably used.

另外,作為對向基板,可根據本發明之液晶顯示裝置之驅動方式等而適當選擇使用。 Further, the counter substrate can be appropriately selected and used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention or the like.

再者,作為構成液晶層之液晶,係根據本發明之液晶顯示裝置之驅動方式等,可使用介電異向性相異之各種液晶、及此等之混合物。 In addition, as the liquid crystal constituting the liquid crystal layer, various liquid crystals having different dielectric anisotropy and a mixture thereof can be used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.

作為液晶層之形成方法,可使用一般使用作為液晶單元之製作方法的方法,可舉例如真空注入方式或液晶滴下方式等。在藉由上述方法形成液晶層後,將液晶單元緩慢地冷卻至常溫,藉此可使所封入之液晶配向。 As a method of forming the liquid crystal layer, a method generally used as a method of producing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method. After the liquid crystal layer is formed by the above method, the liquid crystal cell is slowly cooled to a normal temperature, whereby the sealed liquid crystal can be aligned.

[有機發光顯示裝置] [Organic light-emitting display device]

有機發光顯示裝置之特徵在於具有上述本發明之彩色濾光片、與有機發光體。 The organic light-emitting display device is characterized by comprising the above-described color filter of the present invention and an organic light-emitting body.

針對此種本發明之有機發光顯示裝置,以下參照圖式進行說明。圖3為表示本發明之有機發光顯示裝置之一例的概略剖面圖。如圖3所示,本發明之有機發光顯示裝置100具有彩色濾光片10、及有機發光體80。於彩色濾光片10、與有機發光體80之間亦可具有有機保護層50或無機氧化膜60。 The organic light-emitting display device of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings. Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the organic light-emitting display device 100 of the present invention has a color filter 10 and an organic light-emitting body 80. An organic protective layer 50 or an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic light-emitting body 80.

作為有機發光體80之積層方法,可舉例如於彩色濾 光片上面逐次形成透明陽極71、電洞注入層72、電洞輸送層73、發光層74、電子注入層75、及陰極76之方法,或將形成於另一基板上之有機發光體80貼合於無機氧化膜60上之方法等。有機發光體80中之透明陽極71、電洞注入層72、電洞輸送層73、發光層74、電子注入層75、及陰極76、其他構成,可適當使用公知者。如此所製作之有機發光顯示裝置100可應用於例如被動驅動方式之有機EL顯示器或主動驅動方式之有機EL顯示器中。 As a method of laminating the organic light-emitting body 80, for example, color filter The transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light-emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, and the cathode 76 are successively formed on the light sheet, or the organic light-emitting body 80 formed on the other substrate is attached. A method of bonding to the inorganic oxide film 60 or the like. The transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light-emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, and the cathode 76 in the organic light-emitting body 80, and other configurations can be suitably used. The organic light-emitting display device 100 thus fabricated can be applied to, for example, an organic EL display in a passive driving mode or an organic EL display in an active driving mode.

再者,本發明之有機發光顯示裝置並不限定於圖3所示構成,可設為一般作為使用彩色濾光片之有機發光顯示裝置的公知構成。 In addition, the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and can be generally configured as an organic light-emitting display device using a color filter.

[實施例] [Examples]

以下針對本發明,例示實施例進行具體說明。但本發明並不限制於此等記載。尚且,下述合成及調製中,視需要重複操作以獲得所需量。 Hereinafter, the embodiments will be specifically described with reference to the present invention. However, the present invention is not limited to these descriptions. Further, in the following synthesis and modulation, the operation is repeated as needed to obtain the desired amount.

(色材A之合成) (Synthesis of color material A) (1)中間體1之合成 (1) Synthesis of Intermediate 1

將和光純藥(股)製1-碘萘15.2g(60mmol)、三井化學(股)製降烷二胺(NBDA)(CAS No.56602-77-8)4.63g(30mmol)、第三丁氧化鈉8.07g(84mmol)、Aldrich製2-二環己基膦基-2’,6’,-二甲氧基聯苯0.09g(0.2mmol)、和光純藥(股)製醋酸鈀0.021g(0.1mmol)分散於二甲苯30mL,依130-135℃反應48小時。反應結束後,冷卻至室溫並加水萃取。接著以硫酸鎂乾燥並濃縮,藉此得到8.5g下述化學式(i)所示之中間體1(產率70%)。 1.1 iodine naphthalene (15.2 g (60 mmol) and Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd.) Alkyldiamine (NBDA) (CAS No. 56602-77-8) 4.63 g (30 mmol), sodium butoxide 8.07 g (84 mmol), 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2', 6', from Aldrich. 0.09 g (0.2 mmol) of dimethoxybiphenyl and 0.021 g (0.1 mmol) of palladium acetate produced by Wako Pure Chemical Industries Co., Ltd. were dispersed in 30 mL of xylene, and reacted at 130-135 ° C for 48 hours. After the reaction was completed, it was cooled to room temperature and extracted with water. Then, it was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated, whereby 8.5 g of the intermediate 1 (yield 70%) of the following formula (i) was obtained.

所得化合物係藉由下述分析結果確認為目標化合物。 The obtained compound was confirmed to be the target compound by the following analysis.

‧MS(ESI)(m/z):407(M+H) ‧MS(ESI)(m/z):407(M+H)

‧元素分析值:CHN實測值(85.47%、8.02%、6.72%);理論值(85.26%、8.11%、6.63%) ‧ Elemental analysis values: CHN measured values (85.47%, 8.02%, 6.72%); theoretical values (85.26%, 8.11%, 6.63%)

(2)中間體2之合成 (2) Synthesis of intermediate 2

對8.46g中間體1(20.8mmol)、東京化成工業製4,4’-雙(二甲基胺基)二苯基酮13.5g(41.6mmol)加入甲苯60mL依45-50℃攪拌。滴下和光純藥工業製氯化磷醯6.38g(51.5mmol),迴流2小時並冷卻。反應結束後,將甲苯傾析。將樹脂狀析出物加入氯仿40mL、水40mL、濃鹽酸進行溶解並將氯仿層分液。對氯仿層以水洗淨,以硫酸鎂進行乾燥、濃縮。對濃縮物加入醋酸乙酯65mL進行迴流。冷卻後過濾析出物得到15.9g下述化學式(ii)所示中間體2(BB7-Nb-dimer)(產率70%)。 8.46 g of the intermediate 1 (20.8 mmol) and 13.5 g (41.6 mmol) of 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)diphenyl ketone manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. were added to 60 mL of toluene at 45-50 ° C with stirring. 6.38 g (51.5 mmol) of phosphonium chloride was prepared by the Wako Pure Chemical Industries, and refluxed for 2 hours and cooled. After the reaction was completed, toluene was decanted. The resinous precipitate was added to 40 mL of chloroform, 40 mL of water, and concentrated hydrochloric acid to dissolve, and the chloroform layer was separated. The chloroform layer was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. 65 mL of ethyl acetate was added to the concentrate to reflux. After cooling, the precipitate was filtered to obtain 15.9 g of the intermediate 2 (BB7-Nb-dimer) of the following formula (ii) (yield 70%).

所得化合物係藉由下述分析結果確認為目標化合物。 The obtained compound was confirmed to be the target compound by the following analysis.

‧MS(ESI)(m/z):511(+)、2價 ‧MS(ESI)(m/z): 511(+), 2 price

‧元素分析值:CHN實測值(78.13%、7.48%、7.78%);理論值(78.06%、7.75%、7.69%) ‧ Elemental analysis values: CHN measured values (78.13%, 7.48%, 7.78%); theoretical values (78.06%, 7.75%, 7.69%)

(3)色材A之合成 (3) Synthesis of color material A

將5.00g(4.58mmol)中間體2加入至水300ml中,依90℃使其溶解作成中間體2溶液。接著將日本無機化學工業製磷鎢酸‧n水合物H3[PW12O40]‧nH2O(n=30)10.44g(3.05mmol)加入至水100mL,依90℃攪拌,調製磷鎢酸水溶液。對先前之中間體2溶液依90℃混合磷鎢酸水溶液,濾取所生成之沉澱物,以水洗淨。將所得濾餅乾燥,得到下述化學式(iii)所示之色材A 13.25g(產率98%)。 5.00 g (4.58 mmol) of the intermediate 2 was added to 300 ml of water, and dissolved at 90 ° C to prepare an intermediate 2 solution. Next, a phosphotungstic acid ‧n hydrate H 3 [PW 12 O 40 ]‧nH 2 O (n=30) 10.44 g (3.05 mmol) manufactured by Nippon Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. was added to 100 mL of water, and stirred at 90 ° C to prepare a phosphorus tungsten Aqueous acid solution. The aqueous solution of the phosphotungstic acid was mixed with the previous intermediate 2 solution at 90 ° C, and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with water. The obtained cake was dried to obtain 13.25 g (yield 98%) of the color material A represented by the following chemical formula (iii).

所得化合物係藉由下述分析結果確認為目標化合物。 The obtained compound was confirmed to be the target compound by the following analysis.

‧MS(ESI)(m/z):510(+)、2價 ‧MS(ESI)(m/z): 510(+), 2 price

‧元素分析值:CHN實測值(41.55%、5.34%、4.32%);理論值(41.66%、5.17%、4.11%) ‧ Elemental analysis values: CHN measured values (41.55%, 5.34%, 4.32%); theoretical values (41.66%, 5.17%, 4.11%)

又,藉由31P-NMR確認了磷鎢酸之多金屬氧酸構造係於成為色材A後仍保有。 Further, it was confirmed by 31 P-NMR that the polyoxo acid structure of the phosphotungstic acid was retained after the color material A was formed.

(合成例2:色材B之合成) (Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of color material B)

將下述式所示5.0g之酸性紅289(AR289,東京化成公司製)加入至水500ml中,依80℃使其溶解,調製染料溶液。接著將聚氯化鋁(「商品名:Takibine#1500」多木化學製,Al2(OH)5Cl,鹼度83.5質量%,以氧化鋁份計為23.5質量%)3.85g加入至水200ml使其溶解,依80℃攪拌,調製聚氯化鋁水溶液。將所調製之聚氯化鋁水溶液依80℃歷時15分鐘滴下至上述染料溶液中,再依80℃攪拌1小時。濾取生成之沉澱物,以水洗淨。將所得濾餅乾燥,得到玫瑰紅系酸性染料之金屬色澱色材(色材B)6.30g(產率96.2%)。 5.0 g of Acid Red 289 (AR289, manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Co., Ltd.) shown in the following formula was added to 500 ml of water, and dissolved at 80 ° C to prepare a dye solution. Next, polyaluminum chloride ("trade name: Takibine #1500", manufactured by Toki Chemical Co., Ltd., Al 2 (OH) 5 Cl, alkalinity of 83.5 mass%, and alumina content of 23.5 mass%) was added to 3.85 g of water to 200 ml. The mixture was dissolved, and stirred at 80 ° C to prepare an aqueous solution of polyaluminum chloride. The prepared aqueous solution of polyaluminum chloride was dropped into the above dye solution at 80 ° C for 15 minutes, and further stirred at 80 ° C for 1 hour. The resulting precipitate was filtered off and washed with water. The obtained cake was dried to obtain 6.30 g (yield 96.2%) of a metallic lake color material (color material B) of a rose-red acid dye.

[化23] [化23]

(合成例3:色材C之合成) (Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis of color material C)

於500ml之四口燒瓶中,填裝下述化學式(iv)之磺酸基螢光黃母體化合物40.2質量份、甲醇312質量份、N-甲基-2,6-二甲苯胺6.8質量份及N-甲基-鄰甲苯胺6.0質量份,迴流30小時。將此反應液依60℃過濾去除不溶解份後,將反應液於減壓下去除溶劑直到成為約70ml,注入至6%鹽酸200質量份中。接著,加入水600質量份並於室溫攪拌30分鐘後,濾取濕濾餅。將此濾餅懸濁於100質量份水中並依60℃攪拌2小時後,再次濾取並以60℃熱水進行水洗後,使其乾燥,藉此獲得下述式所述示色材C 27.4質量份。 4 parts by mass of a sulfonic acid-based fluorescent yellow mother compound of the following chemical formula (iv), 312 parts by mass of methanol, and 6.8 parts by mass of N-methyl-2,6-dimethylaniline, were placed in a 500-ml four-necked flask. 6.0 parts by mass of N-methyl-o-toluidine and refluxed for 30 hours. After the reaction solution was filtered at 60 ° C to remove the insoluble portion, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure until it became about 70 ml, and was poured into 200 parts by mass of 6% hydrochloric acid. Next, 600 parts by mass of water was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then the wet cake was filtered off. The cake was suspended in 100 parts by mass of water and stirred at 60 ° C for 2 hours, and then filtered again, washed with water at 60 ° C, and then dried, whereby a coloring material C 27.4 of the following formula was obtained. Parts by mass.

[化25] [化25]

(合成例4:潛伏性抗氧化劑之合成) (Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis of latent antioxidants)

將下述化學式(vi)所示酚化合物0.01mol、二碳酸二第三丁酯0.05mol及吡啶30g混合,於氮環境下,於室溫加入4-二甲基胺基吡啶0.025mol,依60℃攪拌3小時。冷卻至室溫後,將反應液注入至離子交換水150g中,加入氯仿200g進行油水分離。將有機層以無水硫酸鈉乾燥後,餾除溶媒,對殘渣加入甲醇100g進行晶析。將所得白色粉狀結晶以60℃減壓乾燥3小時,得到上述化學式(A)所示之潛伏性抗氧化劑(化合物A)。又,藉由IR及NMR確認所得潛伏性抗氧化劑之構造。 0.01 mol of the phenol compound represented by the following chemical formula (vi), 0.05 mol of dibutyl butyl carbonate, and 30 g of pyridine were mixed, and 4-dimethylaminopyridine 0.025 mol was added at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere. Stir at °C for 3 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was poured into 150 g of ion-exchanged water, and 200 g of chloroform was added thereto to carry out oil-water separation. After drying the organic layer with anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and 100 g of methanol was added to the residue for crystallization. The obtained white powdery crystals were dried under reduced pressure at 60 ° C for 3 hours to obtain a latent antioxidant (compound A) represented by the above formula (A). Further, the structure of the obtained latent antioxidant was confirmed by IR and NMR.

(合成例5:分散劑(嵌段共聚合體A)之合成) (Synthesis Example 5: Synthesis of Dispersant (Block Copolymer A))

於具備冷卻管、添加用漏斗、氮用進氣口、機械性攪拌機、數位溫度計之500mL圓底四口分離燒瓶中加入THF250質量份、氯化鋰0.6質量份,充分進行氮置換。將反應燒瓶冷卻至-60℃後,將丁基鋰4.9質量份(15質量%己烷溶液)、二異丙基胺1.1質量份、異酪酸甲酯1.0質量份使用注射筒注入。將B嵌段用單體之甲基丙烯酸1-乙氧基乙酯(EEMA)2.2質量份、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(HEMA)18.7質量份、甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(EHMA)12.8質量份、甲基丙烯酸正丁酯(BMA)13.7質量份、甲基丙烯酸苄酯(BzMA)9.5質量份、甲基丙烯酸甲酯(MMA)17.5質量份,使用添加用漏斗歷時60分鐘進行滴下。30分鐘後,將屬於A嵌段用單體之甲基丙烯酸二甲基胺基乙酯(DMMA)26.7質量份歷時20分鐘滴下。反應30分鐘後,加入甲醇1.5質量份使反應停止。所得前驅物嵌段共聚合體THF溶液係於己烷中進行再沉澱,藉由過濾、真空乾燥進行精製,以PGMEA稀釋作成固形份30質量%溶液。加入水32.5質量份,升溫至100℃反應7小時,將來自EEMA之構成單位脫保護而作成來自甲基丙烯酸(MAA)的構成單位。所得嵌段共聚合體PGMEA溶液係於己烷中再沉澱,藉由過濾、真空乾燥進行精製,得到含有含一般式(2)所示構成單位之A嵌段與含有來自含羧基單體之構成單位並具有親溶劑性之B嵌段的嵌段共聚合體A(酸價8mgKOH/g)。將如此得到之嵌段共聚合體A藉由GPC(凝膠滲透層析法)確認,結果其重量平均分子量Mw為7730。又,胺價為95mgKOH/g。 To a 500 mL round bottom four-neck separation flask equipped with a cooling tube, an addition funnel, a nitrogen gas inlet, a mechanical stirrer, and a digital thermometer, 250 parts by mass of THF and 0.6 parts by mass of lithium chloride were added, and nitrogen substitution was sufficiently performed. After cooling the reaction flask to -60 ° C, 4.9 parts by mass of butyllithium (15 mass% hexane solution), 1.1 parts by mass of diisopropylamine, and 1.0 part by mass of methyl isocyanate were injected using a syringe. 2.2 parts by mass of 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate (EEMA) of the B block, 18.7 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA), 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate ( EHMA) 12.8 parts by mass, 13.7 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate (BMA), 9.5 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate (BzMA), and 17.5 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate (MMA), using an addition funnel for 60 minutes Drip. After 30 minutes, 26.7 parts by mass of dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (DMMA), which is a monomer for the A block, was dropped over 20 minutes. After reacting for 30 minutes, 1.5 parts by mass of methanol was added to terminate the reaction. The obtained precursor block copolymer THF solution was reprecipitated in hexane, purified by filtration and vacuum drying, and diluted with PGMEA to prepare a 30% by mass solid solution. 32.5 parts by mass of water was added, and the mixture was heated to 100 ° C for 7 hours, and the constituent unit derived from EEMA was deprotected to obtain a constituent unit derived from methacrylic acid (MAA). The obtained block copolymer PGMEA solution is reprecipitated in hexane, and purified by filtration and vacuum drying to obtain an A block containing a constituent unit represented by the general formula (2) and a constituent unit containing a carboxyl group-containing monomer. Further, it has a solvent-soluble B block block copolymer A (acid value: 8 mgKOH/g). The block copolymer A thus obtained was confirmed by GPC (gel permeation chromatography), and as a result, the weight average molecular weight Mw was 7730. Further, the amine value was 95 mgKOH/g.

(合成例6:鹼可溶性樹脂A之合成) (Synthesis Example 6: Synthesis of alkali-soluble resin A)

於聚合槽中填裝PGMEA 150質量份,於氮環境下升溫至100 ℃後,將甲基丙烯酸(MAA)21質量份、甲基丙烯酸甲酯(MMA)15質量份、甲基丙烯酸環己酯(CHMA)50質量份及PERBUTYL O(日油股份有限公司製)6質量份、鏈移動劑(正十二烷基巰)2質量份歷時1.5小時連續滴下。其後,保持100℃持續反應,在上述主鏈形成用混合物之滴下結束2小時後,添加對甲氧基酚0.1質量份作為聚合禁止劑使聚合停止。 150 parts by mass of PGMEA was filled in the polymerization tank, and the temperature was raised to 100 in a nitrogen atmosphere. After the temperature of C, 21 parts by mass of methacrylic acid (MAA), 15 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate (MMA), 50 parts by mass of cyclohexyl methacrylate (CHMA), and PERBUTYL O (manufactured by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.) 6 The mass parts and the chain shifting agent (n-dodecyl hydrazine) 2 parts by mass were continuously dropped over 1.5 hours. Thereafter, the reaction was continued at 100 ° C, and after completion of the dropwise addition of the above-mentioned main chain-forming mixture for 2 hours, 0.1 part by mass of p-methoxyphenol was added as a polymerization inhibiting agent to stop the polymerization.

接著,一邊吹入空氣,一邊添加作為含環氧基化合物之甲基丙烯酸環氧丙酯(GMA)14質量份,升溫至110℃後,添加三乙基胺0.8質量份並依110℃加成反應15小時,得到鹼可溶性樹脂A(重量平均分子量(Mw)9020,酸價90mgKOH/g,固形份40質量%)。 Next, 14 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA) as an epoxy group-containing compound was added while blowing air, and the temperature was raised to 110 ° C, and 0.8 parts by mass of triethylamine was added thereto, and the mixture was added at 110 ° C. After reacting for 15 hours, an alkali-soluble resin A (weight average molecular weight (Mw): 9020, an acid value of 90 mgKOH/g, and a solid content of 40% by mass) was obtained.

尚且,上述重量平均分子量之測定方法,係以聚苯乙烯為標準物質,以THF為洗提液,藉由Shodex GPC System-21H)測定重量平均分子量。又,酸價之測定方法係根據JIS K 0070:1992所測定。 Further, the method for measuring the weight average molecular weight is a polystyrene standard material, and THF is used as an eluent, and the weight average molecular weight is measured by Shodex GPC System-21H). Further, the method for measuring the acid value is measured in accordance with JIS K 0070:1992.

(調製例1:色材分散液A之調製) (Modulation Example 1: Modulation of Color Material Dispersion A)

於225mL美乃滋瓶中,加入丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)68.8質量份、嵌段共聚合體A(胺價95mgKOH/g)2.7質量份攪拌。於其中加入苯基膦酸(商品名:PPA,日產化學公司製)2.45質量份(相對於嵌段共聚合體之3級胺基為0.7莫耳當量),於室溫攪拌30分鐘而獲得鹽形嵌段共聚合體溶液。 To 225 mL of a cannabis bottle, 68.8 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) and 2.7 parts by mass of block copolymer A (amine price: 95 mgKOH/g) were added and stirred. 2.45 parts by mass of phenylphosphonic acid (trade name: PPA, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added thereto (0.7 molar equivalent to the tertiary amine group of the block copolymer), and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes to obtain a salt form. Block copolymer solution.

將鹼可溶性樹脂A(固形份40質量%)13.0質量份加入,於室溫攪拌後,加入上述色材A13.0質量份、粒徑2.0mm氧化鋯珠球100質量份,藉由塗料振盪器(淺田鐵工公司製)振盪1小時作為預備解碎,接著變更為粒徑0.1mm氧化鋯珠球200份藉由顏料振盪器進 行分散4小時作為正式解碎,得到色材分散液A。 13.0 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin A (solid content: 40% by mass) was added, and after stirring at room temperature, 100 parts by mass of the above-mentioned color material A and 3.0 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a particle diameter of 2.0 mm were added by a coating shaker. (manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.) was shaken for 1 hour as a preliminary crush, and then changed to a particle size of 0.1 mm zirconia beads 200 parts by a pigment oscillator. The dispersion was carried out for 4 hours as an official pulverization, and a color material dispersion A was obtained.

(調製例2:色材分散液B之調製) (Preparation Example 2: Modulation of Color Material Dispersion B)

上述調製例1中,取代色材A而使用色材B以外,其餘與調製例1同樣進行獲得色材分散液B。 In the above-described preparation example 1, the color material dispersion liquid B was obtained in the same manner as in the preparation example 1 except that the color material B was used instead of the color material A.

(調製例3:色材分散液C之調製) (Preparation Example 3: Modulation of Color Material Dispersion C)

於燒杯中,相對於色材C 100質量份加入甲醇1000質量份並藉由磁攪拌子使其溶解。確認溶解後,加入濃鹽酸19質量份並攪拌,再加入PGMEA 1000質量份。接著加入分散劑嵌段共聚合體A 198質量份並攪拌。其後,連接迴流冷卻管,藉水浴升溫至80℃,到達80℃後反應4小時。其後,藉由蒸發器以水浴45℃餾除甲醇加入PGMEA 1000質量份後16小時再依室溫冷卻放置。接著過濾回收所得濾液,得到染料均勻分散之色材分散液C。 In a beaker, 1000 parts by mass of methanol was added to 100 parts by mass of the color material C and dissolved by a magnetic stir bar. After confirming the dissolution, 19 parts by mass of concentrated hydrochloric acid was added and stirred, and then 1000 parts by mass of PGMEA was added. Next, 198 parts by mass of the dispersant block copolymer A was added and stirred. Thereafter, the reflux cooling tube was connected, and the temperature was raised to 80 ° C by a water bath, and the reaction was carried out for 4 hours after reaching 80 ° C. Thereafter, methanol was distilled off by a water bath at 45 ° C in an evaporator to 1000 parts by mass of PGMEA, and then left to stand at room temperature for 16 hours. Then, the obtained filtrate was collected by filtration to obtain a color material dispersion C in which the dye was uniformly dispersed.

(製造例1:感光性黏結劑A之調製) (Manufacturing Example 1: Modulation of Photosensitive Adhesive A)

相對於合成例6所得之鹼可溶性樹脂A溶液(固形份40質量%)23.5質量份加入作為多官能單體之二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(ARONIX M403(東亞合成製))14.1質量份、作為起始劑之IRGACURE907(具有3級胺構造之光起始劑:BASF製)4.4質量份、NCI-930(肟酯系光起始劑:ADEKA製)1.5質量份、合成例4之化合物A(潛伏性抗氧化劑)0.6質量份、PGMEA 55.9質量份,得到感光性黏結劑A。 14.2 parts by mass of dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (ARONIX M403 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.)) as a polyfunctional monomer was added to 23.5 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin A solution (solid content: 40% by mass) obtained in Synthesis Example 6. 144 parts by mass of IRGACURE 907 (light initiator having a tertiary amine structure: manufactured by BASF), 1.5 parts by mass of NCI-930 (an oxime ester photoinitiator: manufactured by ADEKA), and a compound of Synthesis Example 4 A (latent antioxidant) 0.6 parts by mass and PGMEA 55.9 parts by mass to obtain a photosensitive adhesive A.

(製造例2~6:感光性黏結劑B~F之調製) (Manufacturing Example 2 to 6: Modulation of Photosensitive Adhesive B to F)

於製造例1中,將調配比例如下述表1變更以外,其餘與製造例1同樣進行,獲得感光性黏結劑B~F。又,表1中之化合物α表示BASF公司製抗氧化劑IRGANOX1010。 In Production Example 1, the blending ratio was changed in the same manner as in Production Example 1 except that the blending ratio was changed, for example, in the following Table 1, and photosensitive adhesives B to F were obtained. Further, the compound α in Table 1 represents an antioxidant IRGANOX 1010 manufactured by BASF Corporation.

(比較製造例1~2:感光性黏結劑G~H之調製) (Comparative Production Example 1 to 2: Modulation of Photosensitive Adhesive G~H)

於製造例1中,將調配比例如下述表1變更以外,其餘與製造例1同樣進行,獲得感光性黏結劑G~H。 In Production Example 1, the blending ratio was changed in the same manner as in Production Example 1 except that the blending ratio was changed, for example, in the following Table 1, and the photosensitive adhesives G to H were obtained.

(實施例1:感光性著色樹脂組成物1之調製) (Example 1: Preparation of photosensitive colored resin composition 1)

將調製例1所得之色材分散液A 24.6質量份、製造例1所得之感光性黏結劑A 34.1質量份、界面活性劑MAGAFAC R08MH(DIC製)0.16質量份、PGMEA 41.1質量份混合,得到實施例1之感光性著色樹脂組成物1。 24.6 parts by mass of the color material dispersion A obtained in Preparation Example 1, 34.1 parts by mass of the photosensitive adhesive A obtained in Production Example 1, 0.16 parts by mass of the surfactant MAGAFAC R08MH (manufactured by DIC), and 41.1 parts by mass of PGMEA were mixed and obtained. The photosensitive colored resin composition 1 of Example 1.

(實施例2~6:感光性著色樹脂組成物2~6之調製) (Examples 2 to 6: Preparation of photosensitive colored resin compositions 2 to 6)

於實施例1中,取代感光性黏結劑A,分別使用製造例2~6之感光性黏結劑B~F以外,其餘與實施例1同樣進行,獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物2~6。 In the first embodiment, the photosensitive colored resin compositions 2 to 6 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the photosensitive adhesives A to B were used instead of the photosensitive adhesives B to F.

(比較例1~2:感光性著色樹脂組成物X1~X2之調製) (Comparative Example 1 to 2: Modulation of photosensitive colored resin composition X1 to X2)

於實施例1中,取代感光性黏結劑A,分別使用比較製造例1~2之感光性黏結劑G~H以外,其餘與實施例1同樣進行,獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物X1~X2。 In the first embodiment, the photosensitive colored resin compositions X1 to X2 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the photosensitive adhesives A to Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were used instead of the photosensitive adhesives A.

(實施例7:感光性著色樹脂組成物7之調製) (Example 7: Preparation of photosensitive colored resin composition 7)

於實施例1中,取代色材分散液A 24.6質量份,組合使用色材分散液A 17.2質量份與色材分散液B 7.4質量份以外,其餘與實施例1同樣進行,獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物7。 In the same manner as in Example 1, except that 17.2 parts by mass of the color material dispersion liquid A and 7.4 parts by mass of the color material dispersion liquid B were used in combination, the photosensitive coloring resin was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1. Composition 7.

(實施例8~9:感光性著色樹脂組成物8~9之調製) (Examples 8 to 9: Preparation of photosensitive colored resin composition 8 to 9)

於實施例7中,取代感光性黏結劑A,分別使用製造例2之感 光性黏結劑B、製造例4之感光性黏結劑D以外,其餘與實施例7同樣進行,獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物8~9。 In Example 7, instead of the photosensitive adhesive A, the feeling of Production Example 2 was used. The photosensitive adhesive composition 8 to 9 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 7 except that the photosensitive adhesive B and the photosensitive adhesive D of Production Example 4 were used.

(比較例3~4:感光性著色樹脂組成物X3~X4之調製) (Comparative Examples 3 to 4: Modulation of photosensitive coloring resin composition X3 to X4)

於實施例7中,取代感光性黏結劑A,分別使用比較製造例1~2之感光性黏結劑G~H以外,其餘與實施例7同樣進行,獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物X3~X4。 In the same manner as in Example 7, except that the photosensitive adhesives G to H of Comparative Production Examples 1 and 2 were used instead of the photosensitive adhesive A, the photosensitive colored resin compositions X3 to X4 were obtained.

(實施例10:感光性著色樹脂組成物10之調製) (Example 10: Preparation of photosensitive colored resin composition 10)

於實施例1中,取代色材分散液A 24.6質量份,組合使用色材分散液A 19.7質量份與色材分散液C 8.3質量份,並將感光性黏結劑A之調配量變更為33.9質量份,將PGMEA之調配量變更為37.9質量份以外,其餘與實施例1同樣進行,獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物10。 In the first embodiment, in place of the color material dispersion A 24.6 parts by mass, 19.7 parts by mass of the color material dispersion A and 8.3 parts by mass of the color material dispersion C were used in combination, and the amount of the photosensitive adhesive A was changed to 33.9 mass. In the same manner as in Example 1, except that the amount of the PGMEA was changed to 37.9 parts by mass, the photosensitive colored resin composition 10 was obtained.

(實施例11~12:感光性著色樹脂組成物11~12之調製) (Examples 11 to 12: Preparation of photosensitive colored resin compositions 11 to 12)

於實施例10中,取代感光性黏結劑A,分別使用製造例2之感光性黏結劑B、製造例4之感光性黏結劑D以外,其餘與實施例10同樣進行,獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物11~12。 In the same manner as in Example 10 except that the photosensitive adhesive B of the production example 2 and the photosensitive adhesive D of the production example 4 were used instead of the photosensitive adhesive A, the photosensitive colored resin composition was obtained. Object 11~12.

(比較例5~6:感光性著色樹脂組成物X5~X6之調製) (Comparative Examples 5 to 6: Modulation of photosensitive coloring resin composition X5 to X6)

於實施例10中,取代感光性黏結劑A,分別使用比較製造例1~2之感光性黏結劑G~H以外,其餘與實施例10同樣進行,獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物X5~X6。 In the same manner as in Example 10 except that the photosensitive adhesives G to H of Comparative Production Examples 1 and 2 were used, the photosensitive colored resin compositions X5 to X6 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 10 except that the photosensitive adhesives A were used.

(實施例13:感光性著色樹脂組成物13之調製) (Example 13: Modulation of photosensitive colored resin composition 13)

於實施例1中,取代色材分散液A 24.6質量份而使用色材分散液A 41.6質量份並將感光性黏結劑A之調配量變更為33.1質量份,將PGMEA之調配量變更為25.2質量份以外,其餘與實施例1同樣進行,獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物13。 In the first embodiment, 42.6 parts by mass of the color material dispersion A was used instead of the color material dispersion A 24.6 parts by mass, and the amount of the photosensitive adhesive A was changed to 33.1 parts by mass, and the PGMEA amount was changed to 25.2 mass. The photosensitive colored resin composition 13 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the portion.

(實施例14~15:感光性著色樹脂組成物14~15之調製) (Examples 14 to 15: Preparation of photosensitive colored resin compositions 14 to 15)

於實施例13中,取代感光性黏結劑A,分別使用製造例2之感光性黏結劑B、製造例4之感光性黏結劑D以外,其餘與實施例13同樣進行,獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物14~15。 In the same manner as in Example 13, except that the photosensitive adhesive B of the production example 2 and the photosensitive adhesive D of the production example 4 were used instead of the photosensitive adhesive A, the photosensitive colored resin composition was obtained. Matter 14~15.

(比較例7~8:感光性著色樹脂組成物X7~X8之調製) (Comparative Examples 7 to 8: Modulation of photosensitive colored resin composition X7 to X8)

於實施例13中,取代感光性黏結劑A,分別使用比較製造例1~2之感光性黏結劑G~H以外,其餘與實施例13同樣進行,獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物X7~X8。 In the same manner as in Example 13, except that the photosensitive adhesives A of Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were used instead of the photosensitive adhesive A, the photosensitive colored resin compositions X7 to X8 were obtained.

(輝度評價) (luminance evaluation)

將實施例及比較例之感光性著色樹脂組成物,分別於厚0.7mm之玻璃基板(NH Techno Glass(股)製,「NA35」)上,使用旋塗器塗佈。於80℃加熱板上進行加熱乾燥3分鐘後,使用超高壓水銀燈照射60mJ/cm2之紫外線。其後,以230℃無塵爐進行後烘烤75分鐘。於上述紫外線之照射前後,分別測定著色膜色度(x,y)、輝度(Y)。色度及輝度係使用Olympus(股)公司製「顯微分光測定裝置 OSP-SP200」所測定。結果示於表2~5。 The photosensitive colored resin compositions of the examples and the comparative examples were each coated on a glass substrate (manufactured by NH Techno Glass, "NA35") having a thickness of 0.7 mm using a spin coater. After heating and drying on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 3 minutes, ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ/cm 2 were irradiated with an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp. Thereafter, post-baking was performed for 75 minutes in a 230 ° C clean room. The chromaticity (x, y) and luminance (Y) of the colored film were measured before and after the irradiation of the ultraviolet rays. The chromaticity and the luminance were measured using a "microscopic spectroscopic measuring device OSP-SP200" manufactured by Olympus Co., Ltd. The results are shown in Tables 2 to 5.

(線寬增減率評價) (Linewidth increase and decrease rate evaluation)

將各實施例及比較例所得之感光性著色樹脂組成物,於玻璃基板(NH Techno Glass(股)製,「NA35」)上,使用旋塗器依硬化塗膜成為厚3.0μm之方式塗佈後,使用加熱板依80℃乾燥3分鐘,於玻璃基板上形成塗膜。對此塗膜經由線寬1μm至100μm之獨立細線圖案光罩,使用超高壓水銀燈以60mJ/cm2之紫外線進行曝光,藉此於玻璃基板上形成曝光後塗膜,接著,以0.05wt%氫氧化鈉水溶液作為顯影液進行旋轉顯影,使顯影液接液60秒後以純水洗淨,藉此進行顯影處理,其後,以230℃無塵爐進行後烘烤25分鐘,形成細線圖案。對所形成之細線圖案中,以光學顯微鏡測定相當於曝光時之鉻遮罩之開口寬為90μm之部分的細線圖案的寬,以未添加抗氧化劑之比較例之線寬為基準,由下述數式(2)算出線寬增減率。結果示於表2~5。 The photosensitive colored resin composition obtained in each of the examples and the comparative examples was applied to a glass substrate ("NA35" manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) by a spin coater so as to have a thickness of 3.0 μm. Thereafter, it was dried at 80 ° C for 3 minutes using a hot plate to form a coating film on the glass substrate. The coating film was exposed to ultraviolet light of 60 mJ/cm 2 through an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp through an independent fine-line pattern mask having a line width of 1 μm to 100 μm, thereby forming an exposed coating film on the glass substrate, followed by 0.05 wt% of hydrogen. The sodium oxide aqueous solution was subjected to rotational development as a developing solution, and the developer was liquid-contacted for 60 seconds, and then washed with pure water to carry out development treatment. Thereafter, the solution was post-baked in a clean room at 230 ° C for 25 minutes to form a fine line pattern. In the thin line pattern formed, the width of the thin line pattern corresponding to the opening width of the chrome mask at the time of exposure was 90 μm by an optical microscope, and the line width of the comparative example in which no antioxidant was added was used as the reference. Equation (2) calculates the line width increase and decrease rate. The results are shown in Tables 2 to 5.

數式(2):(L-L0)/L0×100(%) Equation (2): (LL 0 ) / L 0 × 100 (%)

數式(2)中,L0表示未添加抗氧化劑之比較例之線寬,L表示成為評價對象之實施例或比較例的線寬。 In the formula (2), L 0 represents the line width of the comparative example in which no antioxidant is added, and L represents the line width of the example or the comparative example to be evaluated.

<評價基準> <Evaluation criteria>

A:相對於未添加抗氧化劑之線寬為-3%以上 A: The line width is -3% or more with respect to the unadded antioxidant

B:相對於未添加抗氧化劑之線寬為-10%以上且未滿-3% B: the line width is -10% or more and less than -3% with respect to the unadded antioxidant

C:相對於未添加抗氧化劑之線寬為未滿-10% C: the line width is less than -10% relative to the line without added antioxidant

[表2~表5之結果整合] [Table 2 to Table 5 results integration]

使用了利用習知抗氧化劑之比較例2、4、6及8之感光性著色樹脂組成物的著色層,係相較於未使用抗氧化劑之比較例1、3、5及7,其線寬變化明顯較大。另一方面,比較例1、3、5及7由於不含有抗氧化劑,故雖然抑制了線寬變化,但輝度降低。使用了潛伏性抗氧化劑之實施例1~15之感光性著色樹脂組成物,係相較於含有相同色材的比較例,其輝度較高;而且,相較於使用了習知抗氧化劑之比較例,其線寬變化明顯受到抑制。由此種結果可闡明,根據本發明,可獲得能形成高輝度之著色層,且抑制了線寬變化的感光性著色樹脂組成物。 The coloring layer of the photosensitive colored resin composition of Comparative Examples 2, 4, 6 and 8 using the conventional antioxidants was used, compared with Comparative Examples 1, 3, 5 and 7 in which no antioxidant was used, and the line width thereof. The change is significantly larger. On the other hand, in Comparative Examples 1, 3, 5, and 7, since the antioxidant was not contained, although the change in the line width was suppressed, the luminance was lowered. The photosensitive colored resin compositions of Examples 1 to 15 using latent antioxidants have higher luminance than the comparative examples containing the same color materials; and, compared with the use of conventional antioxidants For example, the change in line width is significantly suppressed. As a result of the above, according to the present invention, it is possible to obtain a photosensitive colored resin composition capable of forming a high-luminance coloring layer and suppressing variations in line width.

如表2結果所示,藉由組合潛伏性抗氧化劑、抗氧化劑,可抑制線寬變化,且相較於單獨使用潛伏性抗氧化劑之情形,其耐光性提升並可抑制因紫外線照射所造成之著色層輝度降低。 As shown in the results in Table 2, by combining latent antioxidants and antioxidants, the change in line width can be suppressed, and the light resistance is improved as compared with the case where the latent antioxidant is used alone, and the ultraviolet irradiation can be suppressed. The brightness of the colored layer is lowered.

又,如表5結果所示,含有屬於染料之色材C的感光性著色樹脂組成物,有線寬變細的傾向。推測此係由於屬於染料之色材C使感度降低所致。尤其是使用了比較例8之著色樹脂組成物的著色層,由於組合了抗氧化劑,故即使是曝光部其感度仍不足,無法得到足以顯影之硬度,無法形成細線圖案。如實施例13~15所示,使用了潛伏性抗氧化劑之本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物,明顯抑制線寬變化。 Further, as shown in the results of Table 5, the photosensitive colored resin composition containing the color material C belonging to the dye tends to have a narrower line width. It is presumed that this is due to the decrease in sensitivity due to the color material C belonging to the dye. In particular, since the coloring layer of the colored resin composition of Comparative Example 8 was used, since the antioxidant was combined, the sensitivity of the exposed portion was insufficient, and the hardness sufficient for development could not be obtained, and the fine line pattern could not be formed. As shown in Examples 13 to 15, the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention using a latent antioxidant significantly suppressed the change in line width.

(製造例7:感光性黏結劑I之調製) (Manufacturing Example 7: Modulation of Photosensitive Adhesive I)

相對於合成例6所得之鹼可溶性樹脂A溶液(固形份40質 量%)23.5質量份加入作為多官能單體之二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(ARONIX M403(東亞合成製))14.1質量份、作為起始劑之IRGACURE907(具有3級胺構造之光起始劑:BASF製)2.9質量份、NCI-930(肟酯系光起始劑:ADEKA製)1.5質量份、PBG3057(肟酯系光起始劑,常州強力電子新材料公司製,「TR-PBG-3057」)1.5質量份、合成例4之化合物A(潛伏性抗氧化劑0.6質量份、PGMEA 55.9質量份,得到感光性黏結劑I。 The alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 6 (solid content 40 mass) In an amount of 14.5 parts by mass, 14.1 parts by mass of dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (ARONIX M403 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.)) as a polyfunctional monomer, and IRGACURE 907 (a light having a tertiary amine structure) Starting agent: 2.9 parts by mass, NCI-930 (an oxime-based photoinitiator: manufactured by ADEKA) 1.5 parts by mass, PBG3057 (an oxime-based photoinitiator, manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd., "TR- PBG-3057") 1.5 parts by mass of Compound A of Synthesis Example 4 (0.6 parts by weight of latent antioxidant and 55.9 parts by mass of PGMEA), and photosensitive adhesive I was obtained.

(製造例8、比較製造例3:感光性黏結劑J、K之調製) (Manufacturing Example 8 and Comparative Production Example 3: Modulation of photosensitive adhesives J and K)

於製造例7中,將調配比例如下述表6變更以外,其餘與製造例7同樣進行,獲得感光性黏結劑J、K。又,表6中之化合物α表示BASF公司製抗氧化劑IRGANOX1010。 In Production Example 7, the blending ratios were changed in the same manner as in Production Example 7, except that the blending ratio was changed, for example, in the following Table 6, and photosensitive adhesives J and K were obtained. Further, the compound α in Table 6 represents an antioxidant IRGANOX 1010 manufactured by BASF Corporation.

(實施例16:感光性著色樹脂組成物16之調製) (Example 16: Preparation of photosensitive colored resin composition 16)

將調製例1所得之色材分散液A 24.6質量份、製造例7所得之感光性黏結劑I 34.1質量份、界面活性劑MAGAFAC R08MH(DIC 製)0.16質量份、PGMEA 41.1質量份混合,得到實施例16之感光性著色樹脂組成物16。 24.6 parts by mass of the color material dispersion A obtained in Preparation Example 1, 34.1 parts by mass of the photosensitive adhesive I obtained in Production Example 7, and the surfactant MAGAFAC R08MH (DIC) 0.16 parts by mass and 41.1 parts by mass of PGMEA were mixed to obtain a photosensitive colored resin composition 16 of Example 16.

(實施例17、比較例9:感光性著色樹脂組成物17、X9之調製) (Example 17 and Comparative Example 9: Preparation of photosensitive colored resin composition 17 and X9)

於實施例16中,取代感光性黏結劑I,分別使用製造例8、比較製造例3之感光性黏結劑J、K以外,其餘與實施例16同樣進行,獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物17、X9。 In the same manner as in Example 16, except that the photosensitive adhesives J and the photosensitive adhesives J and K of Comparative Production Example 3 were used in the same manner as in Example 16, the photosensitive colored resin composition 17 was obtained. X9.

(實施例18:感光性著色樹脂組成物18之調製) (Example 18: Preparation of photosensitive colored resin composition 18)

於實施例16中,取代色材分散液A 24.6質量份,組合使用色材分散液A 17.2質量份與色材分散液B 7.4質量份以外,其餘與實施例16同樣進行,獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物18。 In the same manner as in Example 16 except that 17.2 parts by mass of the color material dispersion liquid A and 7.4 parts by mass of the color material dispersion liquid B were used in combination, the photosensitive coloring resin was obtained. Composition 18.

(實施例19、比較例10:感光性著色樹脂組成物19、X10之調製) (Example 19, Comparative Example 10: Preparation of photosensitive colored resin composition 19, X10)

於實施例18中,取代感光性黏結劑I,分別使用製造例8、比較製造例3之感光性黏結劑J、K以外,其餘與實施例18同樣進行,獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物19、X10。 In the same manner as in Example 18 except that the photosensitive adhesives J of Comparative Example 3 and the photosensitive adhesives J and K of Comparative Production Example 3 were used in the same manner as in Example 18, the photosensitive colored resin composition 19 was obtained. X10.

(實施例20:感光性著色樹脂組成物20之調製) (Example 20: Preparation of photosensitive colored resin composition 20)

於實施例16中,取代色材分散液A 24.6質量份,組合使用色材分散液A 19.7質量份與色材分散液C 8.3質量份,並將感光性黏結劑I之調配量變更為33.9質量份,將PGMEA之調配量變更為37.9質量份以外,其餘與實施例16同樣進行,獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物20。 In Example 16, in place of the color material dispersion A 24.6 parts by mass, 19.7 parts by mass of the color material dispersion A and 8.3 parts by mass of the color material dispersion C were used in combination, and the amount of the photosensitive adhesive I was changed to 33.9 mass. The photosensitive colored resin composition 20 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 16 except that the amount of PGMEA was changed to 37.9 parts by mass.

(實施例21、比較例11:感光性著色樹脂組成物21、X11之調製) (Example 21, Comparative Example 11: Preparation of photosensitive colored resin composition 21, X11)

於實施例20中,取代感光性黏結劑I,分別使用製造例8、比較製造例3之感光性黏結劑J、K以外,其餘與實施例20同樣進行,獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物21、X11。 In the same manner as in Example 20, except that the photosensitive adhesives J of the production example 8 and the comparative production example 3 were used in the same manner as in the example 20, the photosensitive colored resin composition 21 was obtained. X11.

(實施例22:感光性著色樹脂組成物22之調製) (Example 22: Preparation of photosensitive colored resin composition 22)

於實施例16中,取代色材分散液A 24.6質量份而使用色材分散液C 41.6質量份並將感光性黏結劑I之調配量變更為33.1質量份,將PGMEA之調配量變更為25.2質量份以外,其餘與實施例16同樣進行,獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物22。 In the same manner as in Example 16, the color material dispersion liquid C was used in an amount of 44.6 parts by mass, and the color material dispersion liquid C was used in an amount of 41.6 parts by mass, and the amount of the photosensitive adhesive agent I was changed to 33.1 parts by mass, and the PGMEA amount was changed to 25.2 mass. The photosensitive colored resin composition 22 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 16 except for the portion.

(實施例23、比較例12:感光性著色樹脂組成物23、X12之調製) (Example 23, Comparative Example 12: Preparation of photosensitive colored resin composition 23, X12)

於實施例22中,取代感光性黏結劑I,分別使用製造例8、比較製造例3之感光性黏結劑J、K以外,其餘與實施例22同樣進行,獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物23、X12。 In the same manner as in Example 22 except that the photosensitive adhesives J and K of Comparative Example 3 were used in the same manner as in Example 22, the photosensitive colored resin composition 23 was obtained. X12.

對所得實施例16~23及比較例9~12之感光性著色樹脂組成物,與實施例1之感光性著色樹脂組成物同樣地進行輝度評價、線寬增減率評價。結果示於表7。 The photosensitive colored resin compositions of the obtained Examples 16 to 23 and Comparative Examples 9 to 12 were subjected to luminance evaluation and line width increase and decrease rate evaluation in the same manner as in the photosensitive colored resin composition of Example 1. The results are shown in Table 7.

對所得實施例1、7、10、13、16、18、20、22之感光性著色樹脂組成物,如下述般進行水滲染評價、與顯影耐性評價。結果示於表8。 The photosensitive colored resin compositions of the obtained Examples 1, 7, 10, 13, 16, 18, 20, and 22 were evaluated for water permeation and evaluation of development resistance as follows. The results are shown in Table 8.

(水滲染評價) (water infiltration evaluation)

將上述彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,於玻璃基板(NH Techno Glass(股)製,「NA35」)上,使用旋塗器依後烘烤後形成厚1.6μm之著色層的膜厚進行塗佈後,使用加熱板依60℃乾燥3分鐘,未經由光罩而使用超高壓水銀燈全面照射60mJ/cm2之紫外線,藉此於玻璃基板上形成著色層。接著,以0.05wt%氫氧化鉀(KOH)作為顯影液進行旋轉顯影,使顯影液接液60秒後以純水洗淨,藉此進行顯影處理,將洗淨後之基板旋轉10秒以離心去除水後,立即如下述般測定純水之接觸角而評價水滲染。 The color filter was used as a film of a coloring layer having a thickness of 1.6 μm on a glass substrate ("NA35" manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) and post-baked using a spin coater. After coating with a thickness, it was dried at 60 ° C for 3 minutes using a hot plate, and an ultraviolet ray of 60 mJ/cm 2 was entirely irradiated with an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp through a mask to form a colored layer on the glass substrate. Next, rotation development was carried out using 0.05 wt% of potassium hydroxide (KOH) as a developing solution, and the developer was liquid-contacted for 60 seconds, and then washed with pure water to carry out development treatment, and the washed substrate was rotated for 10 seconds to be centrifuged. Immediately after the water was removed, the contact angle of the pure water was measured as described below to evaluate the water bleeding.

純水之接觸角之測定係於上述經離心去除水後立即對著色層表面滴下純水1.0μL之液滴,依θ/2法計測著滴30秒後之靜態接觸角。測定裝置係使用協和界面科學公司製接觸角計DM 500進行測定。 The contact angle of pure water was measured by dropping 1.0 μL of pure water onto the surface of the colored layer immediately after the above-mentioned centrifugal removal of water, and the static contact angle after 30 seconds of dropping was measured by the θ/2 method. The measurement apparatus was measured using a contact angle meter DM 500 manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.

<評價基準> <Evaluation criteria>

A:接觸角為80度以上 A: The contact angle is 80 degrees or more.

B:接觸角為65度以上且未滿80度 B: The contact angle is 65 degrees or more and less than 80 degrees.

C:接觸角為50度以上且未滿65度 C: The contact angle is 50 degrees or more and less than 65 degrees.

D::接觸角為未滿50度 D:: The contact angle is less than 50 degrees

若水滲染評價基準為A或B,則可供於實用,但若評價結果為A則效果更加優越。 If the water infiltration evaluation standard is A or B, it is available for practical use, but if the evaluation result is A, the effect is more superior.

<顯影耐性評價> <Development resistance evaluation>

將上述彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,分別於厚0.7mm之玻璃基板(NH Techno Glass(股)製,「NA35」)上,使用旋塗器塗佈。於80℃加熱板上進行加熱乾燥3分鐘後,使用超高壓水銀燈照射30mJ/cm2之紫外線。測定此時點之膜厚作為T1(μm)。其後,使用0.05質量%氫氧化鉀水溶液作為鹼顯影液進行淋浴顯影。測定顯影後之膜厚作為T2(μm)。計算T2/T1×100(%)。 The color filter was used as a photosensitive colored resin composition, and coated on a glass substrate (manufactured by NH Techno Glass, "NA35") having a thickness of 0.7 mm, using a spin coater. After heating and drying on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 3 minutes, ultraviolet rays of 30 mJ/cm 2 were irradiated with an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp. The film thickness at this time was measured as T1 (μm). Thereafter, shower development was carried out using a 0.05% by mass aqueous potassium hydroxide solution as an alkali developing solution. The film thickness after development was measured as T2 (μm). Calculate T2/T1×100 (%).

(顯影耐性評價基準) (Development resistance evaluation standard)

A:95%以上 A: 95% or more

B:90%以上且未滿95% B: 90% or more and less than 95%

C:未滿90% C: less than 90%

若評價結果為B則可供實用上使用,若上述評價基準為A則效果更加優越。 If the evaluation result is B, it can be used practically. If the evaluation criterion is A, the effect is more excellent.

[表7~表8之結果整合] [Table 7 to Table 8 results integration]

由表7之結果,顯示若含有至少2種肟系起始劑,則線寬變大、感度提升。又,由表8之結果,顯示若含有至少2種肟系起始劑,則顯影耐性提升、水滲染抑制效果變高。 From the results of Table 7, it was revealed that if at least two kinds of oxime-based initiators are contained, the line width becomes large and the sensitivity is improved. Further, as a result of Table 8, it was revealed that when at least two kinds of oxime-based initiators are contained, the development resistance is improved and the water permeation suppressing effect is increased.

Claims (10)

一種感光性著色樹脂組成物,其特徵在於含有色材、光聚合性化合物、起始劑、潛伏性抗氧化劑與溶劑,上述色材係含有選自染料及色澱色材之1種以上,上述潛伏性抗氧化劑係含有下述一般式(1)所示化合物; (一般式(1)中,環A為五元環或六元環之烴環或雜環;R1分別獨立為鹵原子、氰基、羥基、硝基、羧基、亦可具有取代基之碳原子數1~40之烷基、亦可具有取代基之碳原子數6~20之芳基、亦可具有取代基之碳原子數7~20之芳基烷基、或亦可具有取代基之碳原子數2~20之含雜環基,或複數個R1彼此鍵結形成苯環或萘環;R2為碳原子數1~20之烷基、碳原子數2~20之烯基、碳原子數6~20之芳基、碳原子數7~20之芳基烷基、碳原子數2~20之含雜環基、或三烷基矽基;於R1及R2所具有之烷基中,亦可具有碳-碳雙鍵、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-O-、-S-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-S-、-S-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-S-、-C(=O)-NH-、-NH-C(=O)-、-NH-C(=O)-O-、-NR’-、-S-S-或-SO2-,R’為氫原子或碳原子數1~8 之烷基,複數之R1及R2分別可為相同或相異;X為a價之基,為直接鍵結、氮原子、氧原子、硫原子、磷原子、(-O)3P=O、>C=O、>NR3、-OR3、-SR3、-N(R3)(R4)、亦可具有取代基之碳原子數1~120之脂肪族烴基、亦可具有取代基之碳原子數6~35之含芳香環烴基、或亦可具有取代基之碳原子數2~35之含雜環基;R3及R4分別獨立為氫原子、亦可具有取代基之碳原子數1~35之脂肪族烴基、亦可具有取代基之碳原子數6~35之含芳香環烴基、或亦可具有取代基之碳原子數2~35之含雜環基;X中之上述脂肪族烴基及上述含芳香環烴基中,亦可具有碳-碳雙鍵、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-O-、-S-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-S-、-S-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-S-、-C(=O)-NH-、-NH-C(=O)-、-NH-C(=O)-O-、-NR’-、-S-S-或-SO2-或氮原子;a表示1~10之整數,b表示1~4之整數,c表示1~3之整數)。 A photosensitive colored resin composition comprising a color material, a photopolymerizable compound, a starter, a latent antioxidant, and a solvent, wherein the color material contains one or more selected from the group consisting of a dye and a lake color material, and the above The latent antioxidant contains a compound represented by the following general formula (1); (In general formula (1), ring A is a five-membered or six-membered hydrocarbon ring or a heterocyclic ring; and R 1 is independently a halogen atom, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, or a carbon which may have a substituent. An alkyl group having 1 to 40 atomic atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or a plurality of R 1 bonded to each other to form a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring; and R 2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; An aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or a trialkylsulfonyl group; and having R 1 and R 2 The alkyl group may also have a carbon-carbon double bond, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -OC ( =O)-O-, -SC(=O)-, -C(=O)-S-, -SC(=O)-O-, -OC(=O)-S-, -C(=O )-NH-, -NH-C(=O)-, -NH-C(=O)-O-, -NR'-, -SS- or -SO 2 -, R' is a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom The alkyl group of 1~8, the plural R 1 and R 2 respectively may be the same or different; X is a group of a valence, which is a direct bond, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a phosphorus atom, (-O) 3 P=O, >C=O, >NR 3 , -OR 3 , -SR 3 , -N(R 3 )(R 4 ), or a carbon atom having a substituent of 1 to 120 An aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 35 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a heterocyclic group having 2 to 35 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; and R 3 and R 4 are each independently hydrogen. An atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 35 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 35 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon atom which may have a substituent of 2 to 35 The heterocyclic group-containing group; the above aliphatic hydrocarbon group in X and the above aromatic-containing hydrocarbon group may have a carbon-carbon double bond, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -OC(= O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -OC(=O)-O-, -SC(=O)-, -C(=O)-S-, -SC(=O)-O -, -OC(=O)-S-, -C(=O)-NH-, -NH-C(=O)-, -NH-C(=O)-O-, -NR'-, - SS- or -SO 2 - or a nitrogen atom; a represents an integer from 1 to 10, b represents an integer from 1 to 4, and c represents an integer from 1 to 3). 如請求項1之感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,進一步含有受阻酚系抗氧化劑。 The photosensitive colored resin composition of claim 1, which further contains a hindered phenol-based antioxidant. 如請求項1之感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,進一步含有分散劑,該分散劑係至少含有下述一般式(2)所示重複單位(a)的聚合體; (一般式(2)中,R41表示氫原子或甲基,L表示2價連結基,R42表示碳數1~8之伸烷基、-[CH(R45)-CH(R46)-O]x-CH(R45)-CH(R46)-或-[(CH2)y-O]z-(CH2)y-所示之2價有機基,R43及R44分別獨立表示亦可經取代之鏈狀或環狀之烴基,或R43及R44彼此鍵結形成環狀構造;R45及R46分別獨立為氫原子或甲基;x表示1~18之整數,y表示1~5之整數,z表示1~18之整數)。 The photosensitive colored resin composition of claim 1, further comprising a dispersant containing at least a polymer of the repeating unit (a) represented by the following general formula (2); (In the general formula (2), R 41 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L represents a divalent linking group, R 42 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, -[CH(R 45 )-CH(R 46 ) -O] x -CH(R 45 )-CH(R 46 )- or -[(CH 2 ) y -O] z -(CH 2 ) y - the divalent organic group, R 43 and R 44 respectively Independently represents a chain or cyclic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, or R 43 and R 44 are bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure; R 45 and R 46 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; and x represents an integer of 1 to 18; , y represents an integer from 1 to 5, and z represents an integer from 1 to 18. 如請求項1之感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,上述色材係包含選自具有骨架之色澱色材、具有三芳基甲烷骨架之色澱色材、及具有骨架之染料的1種以上。 The photosensitive colored resin composition of claim 1, wherein the color material is selected from the group consisting of a color lake material of a skeleton, a lake color material having a triaryl methane skeleton, and One or more kinds of dyes of the skeleton. 如請求項1之感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,上述溶劑係包含丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯;並進一步含有選自二乙二醇乙基甲基醚、丙二醇單甲基醚、3-甲氧基-3-甲基-1-丁醇、3-甲氧基-3-甲基-1-丁基乙酸酯及丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯之1種以上。 The photosensitive colored resin composition of claim 1, wherein the solvent comprises propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate; and further comprises diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and 3- One or more of methoxy-3-methyl-1-butanol, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. 如請求項1之感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,上述起始劑係包含肟系起始劑。 The photosensitive colored resin composition of claim 1, wherein the above initiator comprises a lanthanide initiator. 如請求項1之感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,上述起始劑係包含至少2種肟系起始劑。 The photosensitive colored resin composition of claim 1, wherein the above initiator comprises at least two lanthanide initiators. 一種彩色濾光片,係至少具備基板、與設於該基板上之著色層者,該著色層之至少一者係請求項1至7中任一項之感光性著色樹脂組成物之硬化物。 A color filter comprising at least one of a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a cured product of the photosensitive colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7. 一種彩色濾光片之製造方法,係至少具備基板、與設於該基板上之著色層的彩色濾光片之製造方法,其具有:使用請求項1至7中任一項之感光性著色樹脂組成物形成該著色層之至少一者的步驟。 A method of producing a color filter, comprising: a substrate, and a color filter for forming a color filter provided on the substrate, comprising: the photosensitive coloring resin according to any one of claims 1 to 7; The step of forming at least one of the colored layers by the composition. 一種顯示裝置,其具有請求項8之彩色濾光片。 A display device having the color filter of claim 8.
TW106110326A 2016-03-31 2017-03-28 Photosensitive color resin composition, color filter and production method thereof, and display device TWI714746B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016-072750 2016-03-31
JP2016072750 2016-03-31

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201807485A true TW201807485A (en) 2018-03-01
TWI714746B TWI714746B (en) 2021-01-01

Family

ID=59965720

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106110326A TWI714746B (en) 2016-03-31 2017-03-28 Photosensitive color resin composition, color filter and production method thereof, and display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (2) JP7059009B2 (en)
CN (1) CN108780273B (en)
TW (1) TWI714746B (en)
WO (1) WO2017170263A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI778035B (en) * 2018-03-27 2022-09-21 奇美實業股份有限公司 Negative white photosensitive resin composition and application thereof
BR112021005082A2 (en) 2018-09-18 2021-06-08 Nikang Therapeutics, Inc. fused tricyclic ring derivatives as src homology-2 phosphatase inhibitors
CN113168129B (en) * 2018-12-11 2022-08-05 索尼集团公司 Hologram recording composition, hologram recording medium, diffractive optical element, and optical device, optical member, and image display device using diffractive optical element
CN110174819B (en) * 2019-05-06 2020-07-10 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 Photoresist
CN117043280A (en) * 2021-03-24 2023-11-10 Dnp精细化工股份有限公司 Color material dispersions, modified color materials, coloring curable compositions, color filters, display devices
CN117916327A (en) * 2021-09-08 2024-04-19 住友化学株式会社 Colored curable composition
CN117916326A (en) * 2021-09-08 2024-04-19 住友化学株式会社 Colored curable composition
CN120842283B (en) * 2025-09-18 2026-01-06 湖南初源新材料股份有限公司 Ferrocene carboxylic acid anthracene methyl ester for use in photosensitive resins and resin compositions and applications

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004157231A (en) * 2002-11-05 2004-06-03 Konica Minolta Holdings Inc Dry imaging material
JP4408421B2 (en) * 2005-03-18 2010-02-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Dye-containing negative curable composition, color filter and method for producing the same
TWI588142B (en) * 2012-07-31 2017-06-21 住友化學股份有限公司 Colored curable resin composition
US9777138B2 (en) * 2012-07-31 2017-10-03 Adeka Corporation Latent additive and composition containing latent additive
JP6309834B2 (en) * 2013-12-11 2018-04-11 株式会社Adeka Coloring composition
JP2015132791A (en) * 2013-12-13 2015-07-23 株式会社Adeka Colored photosensitive composition
JP5897754B1 (en) * 2014-08-12 2016-03-30 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Color material dispersion, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter and display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2017170263A1 (en) 2019-02-07
JP2022062022A (en) 2022-04-19
JP7308993B2 (en) 2023-07-14
WO2017170263A1 (en) 2017-10-05
TWI714746B (en) 2021-01-01
JP7059009B2 (en) 2022-04-25
CN108780273B (en) 2022-06-28
CN108780273A (en) 2018-11-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7308993B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, manufacturing method thereof, and display device
TWI630237B (en) Color resin composition for color filter, color material dispersion liquid, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device
TWI638866B (en) Colorant dispersion liquid, method for producing colorant dispersion liquid, color resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device
TWI577756B (en) Color material dispersion liquid, color resin composition for color filters, color filter, and display device
TWI589995B (en) Color resin composition for color filters, color filter, and display device
JP7008508B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters, color filters, and display devices
TW202104172A (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, cured product, color filter and display device
TWI713710B (en) Color resin composition for color filter, pigment dispersion liquid, color filter and display device
TWI628245B (en) Color material dispersion liquid for color filter, color material, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device
TWI781095B (en) Resin composition, color filter and image display device
JP2020013138A (en) Color material dispersion for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
CN109415572B (en) Color material dispersion, colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and light-emitting display device
TWI443152B (en) Pigment dispersion liquid, negative resist composition for color filters, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
TW201623463A (en) Color material dispersion liquid for color filters, color resin composition for color filters, color material, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and light-emitting display device
TWI689553B (en) Color material dispersion liquid for color filters, color resin composition for color filters, color material for color filters, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and light-emitting display device
JP6826828B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filters, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters, color filters, and display devices
TWI833703B (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition and cured product thereof, color filter, and display device
TWI510563B (en) Red pigment dispersion liquid for color filters and method for producing the same, photosensitive red resin composition for color filters and method for producing the same, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display d
CN110249263B (en) Photosensitive coloring resin composition, cured product thereof, color filter and display device
JP7506013B2 (en) Halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material, coloring material liquid, colored curable composition, color filter, and display device
JP7509561B2 (en) Modified colorant, colorant dispersion, colored curable composition, color filter, display device
CN117425856A (en) Photosensitive coloring resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device
WO2025047328A1 (en) Coloring composition, method for manufacturing colored cured film, method for manufacturing color filter, and method for manufacturing display device